Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Household & Personal Products / Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. / FY2013 Annual Report

Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
Annual Report 2013

SPB · NYSE Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker SPB
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Household & Personal Products
Employees 3100
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
Loading PDF…
2 0 1 3 A n n u a l R e p o r t

CREATING A

SUSTAINABLE

foUNdATIoN

fINANcIAL RESULTS
(millions of dollars) 

Revenues 

(1)

Gross profit 
EBITDA from operations 
Adjusted operating cash flow before restructuring costs 
(1)
Adjusted operating cash flow after restructuring costs 
Net earnings 

(1)

Dividends 

(dollar per basic share except shares outstanding)
(1) 
EBITDA from operations 
Adjusted operating cash flow before restructuring costs 
(1)
Adjusted operating cash flow after restructuring costs 
Net earnings 

(1)

Dividends 

Weighted average shares outstanding (millions) 

fINANcIAL PoSITIoN  
(millions of dollars) 

Total assets 

Total liabilities 

Net capital expenditures 

Acquisitions 
(2)
Senior debt 
(2)
Total debt 
Senior debt/Compliance EBITDA 
(3)
Total debt/Compliance EBITDA 
Total debt/Compliance EBITDA 

(3)

(3)

 before restructuring costs 

 after restructuring costs 

2013 

2012 

3,752.8 

3,624.3

868.8 

284.4 

207.6 

192.3 

52.7 

73.7    

2.31 

1.69 

1.56 

0.43 

0.60 

123.1 

846.3

289.4

200.4

190.4

90.0

67.1

2.59

1.79

1.70

0.80

0.60

111.9

2013 

2012 

2,141.1 

1,600.9 

71.9 

11.9 

578.7 

1,073.2 

2.2x 

3.9x 

4.1x 

2,032.1

1,657.7

39.3

5.5

489.6

1,181.1

1.9x

4.3x

4.5x

(1)    Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITdA), EBITdA from operations and 

adjusted operating cash flow (Aocf) are not recognized financial measures under International financial 
Reporting Standards (IfRS). See Superior’s Management’s discussion and Analysis, “Non-IfRS financial 
Measures” for additional details.

(2)  Senior debt and total debt are stated before deferred issue costs. 
(3)   See Superior’s Management’s discussion and Analysis for additional details and Superior’s consolidated 

financial Statements for the calculation of compliance EBITdA.

Management Team

President’s Message

coNTENTS
IFC Performance Highlights
1
4
5
6
8
58 Management’s Report

Corporate Governance

Board of Directors

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

59 Independent Auditor’s Report
60 Consolidated Financial Statements
64 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
129 Selected Historical Information
130 Businesses
131
IBC Shareholder Information

Corporate Information

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
President’s 
Message

Luc 
Desjardins

President and 
Chief Executive Officer

Improving our day-to-day 
operations is at the forefront 

of virtually every decision 

we make in order to create 

a solid foundation which will 
result in long-term sustainable 

financial improvements.

As I look back at the year ended December 31, 2013 I am pleased to report that 

Superior has delivered improvements from both a financial and operational 

perspective. From a financial perspective, Superior recorded adjusted operating 

cash flow before restructuring costs of $1.69 per share in 2013 compared to $1.79 

per share in 2012. When assessing Superior’s 2013 financial performance relative to 

2012, it is important to note that Superior’s 2012 results included a one-time payment 

from  TransCanada  of  $12.5  million  or  $0.11  per  share.  In  addition,  Superior’s  2013  results 

reflect  an  additional  11.2  million  average  shares  outstanding  or  10%  higher  than  in  2012,  as 

a  result  of  Superior’s  $138  million  equity  issuance  in  March  2013.  Although  this  resulted  in  a 

modest dilution to our earnings per share, it provided a significant benefit in reducing Superior’s 

total debt and leverage. With the benefit of the equity issuance and Superior’s ongoing focus on 

reducing debt, we reduced our total debt leverage ratio, excluding restructuring costs, to 3.9x 

as at December 31, 2013, down from 4.3x at the prior year-end. The reduced leverage resulted in 

lower debt and improved financial flexibility, and it also reduced Superior’s interest costs by $13 

million for 2013. 

While I am pleased with Superior’s financial progress in 2013, I am even more encouraged by the 

progress on our key operational initiatives. As I highlighted in my 2012 letter, 2013 was a year of 

“heavy lifting”. Improving our day-to-day operations is at the forefront of virtually every decision 

we make in order to create a solid foundation which will result in long-term sustainable financial 

improvements. We remain focused on our long-term plans and will not sacrifice our sustainability 

for short-term profitability. 

1

2013 Annual ReportEfforts to improve all aspects of Superior’s businesses were underway throughout 2013. Here are 

specific examples I would like to highlight: 

>  Leadership team was enhanced in our Energy Services business;

>  Significant investments were made in the sales and marketing functions in our Energy Services 

business;

>  Successful implementation of the ADD IT system in the Atlantic and British Columbia regions of 

our Canadian Propane business, with the remaining regions scheduled for 2014; 

>  Improvements  were  made  in  distribution  and  logistics  capabilities  in  our  Canadian  Propane 

business:

>  Average fill rate improved from 40% to 46%; and

>  6,000 tank sensors were installed;

>  Completion  of  a  strategic  supply  agreement  with  Tronox  LLC  to  purchase  and  market  up  to 

130,000 metric tonnes of sodium chlorate per year; and

>  Continuation of branch restructuring in our Construction Products Distribution business.

In  addition,  at  the  end  of  the  third  quarter,  Superior  announced  that  it  would  undertake 

additional  restructuring  in  the  Canadian  Propane  and  Construction  Products  Distribution 

businesses.  This  is  designed  to  accelerate  ongoing  operational  improvements  and  will  

focus  on  improving  day-to-day  operations  to  ensure  both  businesses  continue  to  build  solid, 

sustainable platforms.

We  are  already  beginning  to  see  a  number  of  initial  financial  and  operational  successes  from 

these added measures. Although a significant amount of work remains to complete our overall 

plans, I am confident that we will execute our initiatives in a disciplined and timely manner. 

Approximately 18 months ago we introduced Destination 2015 and the accompanying goals for 

improving  our  businesses.  The  objective  was  and  remains  simple:  to  identify  areas  where  we 

could improve our business in order to become best-in-class in each industry we operate in. 

The mechanisms for reaching Destination 2015 are a variety of ongoing operational and financial 

improvements that will form the basis for sustainable growth over the medium and long terms. 

Despite its title, our plan does not stop in 2015. We will work diligently to ensure the initiatives 

that we implement as part of Destination 2015 evolve into an ongoing continuous improvement 

project which will ensure Superior’s businesses continue progressing to best-in-class.

Destination 2015 is more than cost-cutting and more than improving the efficiency in which we 

conduct  business  day-to-day  –  although  these  are  important  parts  of  it.  While  it  is  extremely 

important that we remain focused on our operations, as it is through improved operations that we 

will sustainably reduce our cost structure, we are also focused on generating sustainable growth 

over the long term. 

2

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
 
 
We  will  focus  on  growing  our  business  through  a  combination  of  internal  organic  growth  and 

external  acquisitions.  I  firmly  believe  that  all  of  Superior’s  businesses  can  grow  at  2  percent 

above  the  annual  industry  average  by  focusing  on  their  core  competencies  and  maintaining  a 

strong  customer-centric  focus.  We  will  not  lose  sight  that  our  businesses  exist  to  service  our 

customers  and  that  we  must  provide  our  customers  with  an  exceptional  product  or  service.  

We intend to accomplish this through differentiation. 

As  we  continue  to  execute  our  initiatives,  we  will  also  consider  opportunities  to  grow  through 

small acquisitions. It is unlikely that we will contemplate a significant acquisition in the short to 

medium  term.  In  2013  we  executed  several  small  “tuck-in”  acquisitions  in  our  Energy  Services 

businesses. These are desirable as the market is highly fragmented with many small to medium-

sized operators, making it easier to find acquisition targets that can be integrated successfully and 

that also complement our business mix. Focusing on small to mid-sized acquisitions minimizes 

our financial and operational execution risks. 

Lastly, I would like to reiterate my commitment to fostering a culture of execution, accountability 

and  continuous  improvement.  It  is  through  this  culture  that  we  will  build  a  business  that  will 

provide our shareholders with sustainable growth for many years.

This year, 2014, is an important one for Superior as we work to execute the initiatives that will 

underpin our future growth. We have much work to do to meet our objectives, but I am confident 

that we are up to the task.

Acknowledgements

Superior’s success will ultimately be due to the hard work and dedication of our more than 4,600 

employees. I would like to thank each of you for your commitment to your respective businesses. 

We are working hard to develop a culture in which every employee is empowered and can flourish. 

I look forward to working with all of Superior’s employees as well as each of Superior’s directors 

in the coming year. On behalf of the entire organization, I would like to thank securityholders for 

your continued support and confidence in Superior.

I would like to thank Norman Gish and Peter Green for their contributions to Superior’s Board of 

Directors. Mr. Gish and Mr. Green have decided to not stand for re-election in 2014. Mr. Gish has 

been a member of Superior’s Board of Directors since 2003 and Mr. Green has been a member of 

Superior’s Board of Director’s since 1996.

On behalf of the Board of Directors,

Luc Desjardins
President and Chief Executive Officer

February 19, 2014

3

2013 Annual ReportManagement Team 

Luc Desjardins
President and  
Chief Executive Officer

Wayne M. Bingham
Executive Vice-President and  
Chief Financial Officer

Greg L.McCamus
President, Energy Services 
and Superior Propane

Paul S. Timmons
President, Specialty Chemicals

Mr. Desjardins joined Superior Plus  
as President and CEO in 2011.  
Prior to joining Superior Plus,  
Mr. Desjardins was a partner of  
the Sterling Group LLP, a private 
equity firm. Mr. Desjardins also  
served as President and CEO at 
Transcontinental Inc. from 2004 
to 2008 and COO from 2000 to 
2004. Mr. Desjardins holds a 
Masters of Business 
Administration degree from the 
University of Quebec and has 
taken the Harvard Business 
School Management 
Development Program.

Mr. Bingham joined Superior Plus 
in 2006. He previously was Chief 
Financial Officer at Finning 
International Inc. and Ontario 
Power Generation. He has 
extensive experience in financial 
reporting, strategy, compliance, 
risk management, treasury and 
supply chain operations.  
Mr. Bingham holds a B. Comm. 
(Honours) and is a Chartered 
Accountant.

Mr. McCamus joined Superior 
Energy Management as President 
in 2005 before being appointed 
President, Energy Services and 
Superior Propane in 2012. He 
previously was President of 
Sprint Canada Business Solutions 
and held various executive 
positions within the deregulated 
telecom industry over a 20–year 
period. He holds B.A. and M.B.A. 
designations.

Mr. Timmons has been with the 
Specialty Chemicals business or 
its predecessor organization, 
ERCO Worldwide, for 30 years, 
and was appointed as President 
in 2001. Mr. Timmons holds an 
Engineering Diploma from  
St. Francis Xavier University and 
a degree in Metallurgical 
Engineering from Technical 
University of Nova Scotia. 

Dave Tims
President, Energy Supply and Oilfield

Ross Wonnick
Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel

Keith Wrisley
President, U.S. Refined Fuels

Mr. Tims joined Superior Plus in 
2009. Prior to joining Superior 
Plus he was CEO of a natural gas 
storage development company. 
Mr. Tims has extensive energy 
marketing, trading and risk 
management experience as a 
Managing Director with BMO 
Nesbitt Burns and prior to that as 
Director of Supply Services with 
TransCanada. Mr. Tims holds a 
B.A. from the University of 
Calgary and an M.B.A. in Finance 
from the Simon School of 
Business at the University of 
Rochester.

Mr. Wonnick joined Superior Plus 
in 2013. He previously was Senior 
Vice-President, General Counsel & 
Chief Compliance Officer of 
Styrolution Group GmbH, a global 
commodity chemical company in 
Frankfurt, Germany. Mr. Wonnick 
has held General Counsel and 
senior legal positions in the United 
States and Canada with global 
chemical companies. Mr. Wonnick 
holds a Bachelor of Business 
Administration (Honours) from 
Wilfrid Laurier University, an LLB 
from the University of Western 
Ontario and was admitted to the 
Ontario bar in 1991.

Mr. Wrisley joined Superior Plus 
in 2009 as Director, U.S. Refined 
Fuels and was subsequently 
named President in 2012.  
Mr. Wrisley has held various 
executive positions within the 
energy sector over the past 25 
years, most recently with Sunoco. 
Mr. Wrisley is a graduate of the 
State University of New York and 
the Leadership Philadelphia 
program.

Paul J. Vanderberg
President, Construction Products Distribution

Mr. Vanderberg has been 
President of the Construction 
Products Distribution business or 
its predecessor organization, 
Winroc, since 2000. He 
previously held various executive 
positions in general management 
and business development at 
USG Corporation, a leading 
building products manufacturer. 
Mr. Vanderberg holds B.A. and 
M.B.A. degrees.

4

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.Board of Directors

Catherine (Kay) 
Best (1)

Director since 2007; 
corporate director and 
consultant; former 
Executive Vice-President, 
Risk Management and 
Chief Financial Officer of 
the Calgary Health 
Region; previous partner 
with Ernst & Young; 
Director of Canadian 
Natural Resources 
Limited, AltaGas Ltd., 
Aston Hill Financial Inc. 
and Wawanesa Insurance.

Grant D. Billing

Luc Desjardins

Robert J. 
Engbloom, Q.C. (2)

Randall J.  
Findlay (2)

Director since 1996; 
Deputy Chair Canada and 
Senior Partner of Norton 
Rose Fulbright Canada 
LLP, formerly Macleod 
Dixon LLP; Director of 
Parex Resources Inc.

Director since 2007; 
corporate director; Past 
President of Provident 
Energy, Director of 
Pembina Pipelines 
Corporation, HNZ Group 
Inc., Whitemud Resources 
Inc., and Spyglass 
Resources Inc.

Chairman and Chief 
Executive Officer of 
Superior since July 2006; 
On November 14, 2011,  
Mr. Billing retired as Chief 
Executive Officer and 
continues to serve as 
non-executive Chairman; 
prior to he was Executive 
Chairman since 1998; 
previously, President and 
CEO of Norcen Energy 
Resources Limited; 
Director of Pembina 
Pipeline Corporation  
and Cortex Business 
Solutions Inc.

President and Chief 
Executive Officer of 
Superior since November 
14, 2011. Previously,  
Mr. Desjardins was a 
partner of the Sterling 
Group, a private equity 
firm; Mr. Desjardins also 
served as CEO at 
Transcontinental Inc.  
from 2004 to 2008 and 
President and COO  
from 2000 to 2004.  
Mr. Desjardins is also a 
director of CIBC, a 
Canadian chartered bank. 

Norman R. Gish (3) Peter A.W.  
Green (1) (2) 

James S.A. 
MacDonald (3)

Walentin (Val) 
Mirosh (3)

David P. Smith (1)

Lead Director since 2003; 
director since 1996; 
corporate director and 
business advisor; 
Chairman of Frog Hollow 
Group Inc., international 
business advisors; Director 
of Gore Mutual Insurance 
Company; Chair of the 
Governance and 
Nominating Committee. 

Director in 1998 and since 
2000; corporate director 
and Chairman of Cormark 
Securities Inc.; former 
Chairman and Managing 
Partner of Enterprise 
Capital Management Inc.; 
Director of ICG Propane 
Inc. from 1998 to 2000; 
Director of Cymbria Inc. 

Director since 2007; 
corporate director and 
President of Mircan 
Resources Ltd.; former 
Vice-President and 
Special Advisor to the 
President and COO of 
Nova Chemicals Corp.; 
former Partner at Macleod 
Dixon LLP; Director of  
TC Pipelines, LP and 
Murphy Oil Corporation. 

Director since 1998; 
corporate director; former 
Managing Partner of 
Enterprise Capital 
Management Inc.; Chair of 
the Audit Committee.

Director since 2003; 
corporate director and 
independent businessman; 
previous Chairman, 
President and CEO of 
Alliance Pipeline Ltd. and 
Aux Sable Liquid Products 
Inc.; Chairman of ICG 
Propane Inc., from 1998 to 
2000; Chair of the 
Compensation 
Committee.

Committees
(1) Audit Committee
(2)  Governance and  

Nominating Committee
(3)  Compensation Committee

5

2013 Annual ReportCorporate Governance

Good governance involves all employees

Superior  has  earned  a  well-deserved  reputation  for  honesty,  integrity  and  maintaining  a  high 

standard of business conduct. Established and well-respected governance practices are essential 

to helping us maintain that reputation. It is the duty of our Board of Directors (the Board) and 

Senior Management to ensure that these governance practices are followed. It is a core principle 

of Superior to be socially responsible and lawful in all of our business dealings and operations. 

As such, we expect and demand that all of our employees understand and comply with all laws 

and corporate policies that are relevant to their responsibilities, that they abide by our company’s 

principles  and  values  and  are  good  ambassadors  for  our  company  and  industry  in  all  dealings 

with our different stakeholders.

Superior has formally adopted corporate governance policies and guidelines that demonstrate 

the company’s commitment to maintaining a high standard of honesty, integrity and governance. 

All directors, officers and employees of Superior must act in accordance with our Code of Business 

Conduct and Ethics (the Code). Our Code defines and summarizes what we expect of our businesses 

and people regardless of location or background. It provides both guidance in key areas and links 

to more detailed standards, policies, instructions and processes for further direction. While the 

Code  establishes  principles  for  business  conduct  that  are  applicable  throughout  the  company, 

regardless of location, each of our employees is accountable for knowing and following the laws 

that  apply  to  them  where  they  work.  Where  differences  exist  as  the  result  of  local  customs, 

norms, laws or regulations, our employees must apply either the Code or local requirements – 

whichever sets the highest standard of behaviour. As a minimum, we expect all of our employees 

to hold themselves to the highest standards of ethics, integrity, openness and accountability in 

the way they conduct business.

Our governance policies are forward-looking and our leadership team is committed to constantly 

evaluating and modifying these policies to ensure their effectiveness as our company continues 

to grow.

The Board has general authority over Superior’s business and affairs. The Board’s fundamental 

objectives  are  to  enhance  Superior’s  investments  and  ensure  that  Superior  and  its  businesses 

meet  their  obligations  and  that  management  operates  the  underlying  businesses  of  Superior 

in  a  responsible,  reliable  and  safe  manner  while  adhering  to  effective  and  sound  governance 

6

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.practises.  The  Board  works  directly  with  Senior  Management  to  identify  business  risks  and  to 

oversee the appropriate strategies to maximize shareholder value, while exercising oversight of 

the company’s compliance and governance practices.

The Board is comprised of 10 members, eight of whom are independent. Grant Billing, Chairman, 

is not considered to be independent until November 15, 2014, which is three years following his 

November  2011  retirement  as  Chief  Executive  Officer.  Luc  Desjardins  is  not  considered  to  be 

independent as he is the President and Chief Executive Officer. As the Chairman is not independent, 

the Board maintains the position of Lead Director. The current Lead Director, Peter Green, is retiring 

from the Board following the Annual General Meeting of Superior on May 7, 2014 and a new Lead 

Director will be selected by the Board. The responsibilities of the Board are set forth in a written 

mandate of the Board which the Board reviews annually and changes as appropriate. 

To  assist  the  Board  with  its  fiduciary  responsibilities,  the  Board  is  supported  by  an  Audit 

Committee,  a  Compensation  Committee,  and  a  Governance  and  Nominating  Committee.  In 

addition, in 2014 the Board established a Health, Safety and Environment Committee to exercise 

oversight  of  health,  safety  and  environmental  matters.  Previously  that  oversight  was  exercised 

through Advisory Committees for each business, but those committees have been disbanded as 

their business can be more effectively overseen by the Board and through the Health, Safety and 

Environment  Committee  (the  Advisory  Committee  was  not  a  formal  committee  of  the  Board). 

Only independent directors serve on Board committees. Each committee has a mandate that sets 

out its duties and responsibilities and each committee chair, as well as the Chairman and Lead 

Director,  have  position  descriptions.  Each  committee  makes  regular  reports  to  the  Board.  The 

Board reviews Superior’s policies upon the recommendation of the Governance and Nominating 

Committee.  Each  of  Superior’s  businesses  also  maintains  appropriate  programs  and  standards 

pertaining to compliance quality, health and safety, while being committed to environmental and 

social  responsibility  and  support  for  its  local  communities.  These  and  other  programs  are  also 

overseen by the Board and its committees.

For complete information on our corporate governance practices, please read our 2013 Information 

Circular. All Committee mandates, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and our corporate 

governance policies and categorical standards are available at www.superiorplus.com.

7

2013 Annual ReportManagement’s Discussion  
and Analysis

The  following  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  (MD&A)  is  a  review  of  the  financial  performance  

and  position  of  Superior  Plus  Corp.  (Superior)  as  at  December  31,  2013  and  for  the  years  ended  

December 31, 2013 and 2012. The information in this MD&A is current to February 19, 2014. This MD&A should 

be read in conjunction with Superior’s audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto as at and 

for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. 

The  accompanying  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Superior  were  prepared  by  and  are  the 

responsibility  of  Superior’s  management.  Superior’s  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  as  at  and 

for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were prepared in accordance with International Financial 

Reporting  Standards  (IFRS)  as  issued  by  the  International  Accounting  Standards  Board  (IASB).  Dollar 

amounts  in  this  MD&A  are  expressed  in  Canadian  dollars  and  millions  except  where  otherwise  noted.  All 

tables and graphs are for the 12 months ended December 31 of the year indicated, unless otherwise stated.

Overview of Superior

Superior  is  a  diversified  business  corporation.  Superior  holds  99.9%  of  Superior  Plus  LP  (Superior  LP),  a 

limited  partnership  formed  between  Superior  General  Partner  Inc.  (Superior  GP)  as  general  partner  and 

Superior as limited partner. Superior owns 100% of the shares of Superior GP and Superior GP holds 0.1% of 

Superior LP. The cash flow of Superior is solely dependent on the results of Superior LP and is derived from 

the allocation of Superior LP’s income to Superior by means of partnership allocations. Superior, through 

its ownership of Superior LP and Superior GP, has three operating segments: the Energy Services’ segment, 

which includes a Canadian propane distribution business, a U.S. refined fuels distribution business, a fixed-

price  energy  services  business  and  a  supply  portfolio  management  business;  the  Specialty  Chemicals’ 

segment; and the Construction Products Distribution segment.

8

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.Summary of Adjusted Operating Cash Flow

(millions of dollars except per share amounts) 

EBITDA from operations: (1)  

  Energy Services 

  Specialty Chemicals 

  Construction Products Distribution 

Interest expense 

Cash income tax expense 

Corporate costs 

Adjusted operating cash flow (1) before restructuring costs 

Restructuring costs 

Adjusted operating cash flow (1)  

Adjusted operating cash flow per share before restructuring
  costs, basic (2) 

Adjusted operating cash flow per share before restructuring
   costs, diluted (3) 
Adjusted operating cash flow per share, basic (2) 
Adjusted operating cash flow per share, diluted (3) 

2013 (5) 

2012  (4)(5) 

137.5 

113.7 

33.2 

284.4 

(58.7) 

(0.2) 

(17.9) 

207.6 

(15.3) 

192.3 

136.4

125.7

27.3

289.4

(71.7)

(1.1)

(16.2)

200.4

(10.0)

190.4

 $1.69 

 $1.79 

      $1.64 

          $1.74

$1.56 

$1.70

      $1.53 

          $1.66

(1)  Earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization  (EBITDA)  and  adjusted  operating  cash  flow  are  not  IFRS  measures.  See  “Non-IFRS 

Financial Measures”.

(2)  The weighted average number of shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2013, is 123.1 million (2012 – 111.9 million).
(3)  For the year ended December 31, 2013, the dilutive impact of the 7.50%, October 31, 2016 convertible debentures was 6.6 million shares (129.7 million 
total shares on a dilutive basis) with a resulting impact on AOCF before restructuring costs of $5.6 million ($213.2 million total on a dilutive basis) and 
on AOCF of $5.6 million ($197.9 million total on a dilutive basis). For the year ended December 31, 2012, the dilutive impact of the 7.50%, October 31, 
2016 convertible debentures was 6.6 million shares (118.5 million total shares on a dilutive basis) with a resulting impact on AOCF before restructuring 
costs of $5.6 million ($206.0 million total on a dilutive basis) and on AOCF of $5.6 million (196.0 million total on a dilutive basis).

(4)   The prior year has been restated for the impact of adopting International Accounting Standard (IAS) 19 Employee Benefits effective January 1, 2013. 
The  impact  to  EBITDA  from  operations  was  a  decrease  to  Energy  Services  of  $1.3  million  as  at  December  31,  2012  and  a  decrease  to  Specialty 
Chemicals of $1.8 million as at December 31, 2012, see IAS 19 – Employee Benefits, amendments for further details. 

(5)   Superior has restated its 2012 financial results and presented its 2013 financial results on a before and after restructuring cost basis due to the one-time 

nature of these items. See Restructuring Costs for further details.

Adjusted Operating Cash Flow Reconciled to Net Cash Flow  
from Operating Activities (1)

(millions of dollars) 

Net cash flow from operating activities  

Add:  Non-cash interest expense 

Less:  Decrease in non-cash working capital 

Income tax expense 

Finance expense recognized in net earnings 

Loss (gain) on debenture redemption 

Adjusted operating cash flow 

2013 

250.3 

8.8 

(0.3) 

(0.2) 

(71.8) 

5.5 

192.3 

2012

347.9

6.7

(84.7)

(1.1)

(77.6)

(0.8)

190.4

(1)  See the audited consolidated financial statements for net cash flow from operating activities and changes in non-cash working capital.

9

 2013 Annual Report 
 
  
  
  
Adjusted  operating  cash  flow  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  (before  restructuring  costs  of  

$15.3 million) was $207.6 million ($192.3 million after restructuring costs), an increase of $7.2 million or 4% from 

the prior year before restructuring costs. The increase in adjusted operating cash flow was due to increased 

EBITDA  from  operations  of  Construction  Products  Distribution  and  lower  interest  costs  offset  in  part  by 

higher  corporate  costs  and  a  lower  Specialty  Chemicals  contribution  due  to  the  one-time  TransCanada 

Energy Ltd. settlement included in the prior year. 

Adjusted  operating  cash  flow  per  share  (before  restructuring  costs)  was  $1.69  per  share  ($1.56  per  share 

after restructuring costs) for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $0.10 per share or 6% before 

restructuring costs  and  a  decrease of $0.14 per share or  8% after restructuring  costs from the prior year. 

The  increase  in  adjusted  operating  cash  flow  as  noted  above  was  more  than  offset  by  a  10%  increase  in 

the  weighted  average  number  of  shares  outstanding.  The  number  increased  in  2013  as  a  result  of  shares 

issued from Superior’s Dividend Reinvestment Program and Optional Share Purchase Plan (DRIP) and the 

completion of an equity offering of 13.0 million shares on March 27, 2013 for gross proceeds of $137.6 million.

As demonstrated in the following chart, Superior is well diversified with Energy Services, Specialty Chemicals 

and  Construction  Products  Distribution  contributing  respectively  48%,  40%,  and  12%  of  EBITDA  from 

operations before restructuring costs in 2013.

 EBITDA from Operations(1)

$273.0

$289.4

$284.4

$243.0

$213.4

s
n
o

i
l
l
i

M
$

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

Construction Products Distribution

Specialty Chemicals

Energy Services

(1)  Before restructuring costs

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Superior had net earnings of $52.7 million for 2013, compared to net earnings of $90.0 million for 2012. The 

decrease was primarily due to unrealized losses on financial instruments in 2013 as compared to gains in the 

prior year due to the appreciation of the U.S. dollar offset in part by higher gross profits and lower interest 

costs. Consolidated revenues of $3,752.8 million in 2013 were $128.5 million higher than in the prior year. This 

was due primarily to higher Energy Services’ revenue as a result of increased commodity prices and sales 

volumes, higher Specialty Chemicals’ revenue due to higher sales volumes and higher Construction Products 

Distribution revenue due to improved sales volumes and the benefit of sales initiatives. Gross profit of $868.8 

million was $22.5 million higher than in the prior year due to improved gross profit at Energy Services and 

Construction Products Distribution due to increased sales volumes, higher revenues and margins offset in 

part by lower gross profits at Specialty Chemicals due to lower margins. 

10

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
Operating expenses of $718.0 million in 2013 were $20.9 million higher than in the prior year, due to restructuring 

costs and higher operating expenses associated with increased volumes offset in part by lower amortization 

expense. The decrease in amortization expense was due to fully amortizing certain intangible assets during 

2013. Total restructuring costs of $15.3 million were incurred by Energy Services and Construction Products 

Distribution as part of Superior’s operational improvement efforts. Corporate costs were higher than in the 

prior year due to increased long-term incentive costs, which resulted from the increase in Superior’s share 

price.  Total  interest  expense  of  $71.8  million  was  $5.8  million  lower  than  in  the  prior  year  due  principally 

to  lower  average  debt  throughout  the  year  and  the  benefit  of  redeeming  Superior’s  8.25%  $150.0  million 

senior unsecured debentures on October 28, 2013 and completion of an equity offering on March 27, 2013. 

An intangible asset and goodwill impairment charge of $15.5 million was recognized during 2013 within the 

U.S.  refined  fuels  business  due  to  reductions  in  the  short-term  forecast  for  the  business  and  challenging 

wholesale market conditions. Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments were $5.1 million in 2013 

compared to unrealized gains of $32.1 million in the prior year. The increase in unrealized losses from the prior 

year is primarily due to higher unrealized losses in the current year on Superior’s foreign exchange forward 

contracts due to the appreciation of the U.S. dollar offset in part by unrealized gains on natural gas forward 

contracts from positive fluctuations in the spot prices of natural gas. Gains and losses on Superior’s various 

financial  instruments  are  without  consideration  of  the  fair  value  of  the  underlying  customer  or  supplier 

commitment. Total income tax expense was $5.7 million for 2013 compared to an expense of $9.0 million 

for 2012 and decreased due to lower net earnings in 2013 and the absence of adjustments associated with 

changes in enacted tax rates.

Annual Financial Results of Superior’s Operating Segments 

Energy Services

Energy Services’ condensed operating results for 2013 and 2012:

(millions of dollars) 

Revenue (1) 
Cost of sales (1) 

Gross profit 
Less: Cash operating and administrative costs (2) 

EBITDA from operations 

2013 

2,372.9 

(1,907.7) 

465.2 

(327.7) 

137.5 

2012 (2)

2,301.6

(1,854.2)

447.4

(311.0)

136.4

(1)  In order to better reflect the results of its operations, Superior has reclassified certain amounts for purposes of this MD&A to present its results as 
if  it  had  accounted  for  various  transactions  as  accounting  hedges.  See  “Reconciliation  of  Divisional  Segmented  Revenue,  Cost  of  Sales  and  Cash 
Operating and Administrative Costs Included in this MD&A” for detailed amounts.

(2)  The prior year has been restated for the impact of adopting IAS 19 Employee Benefits, amendments effective January 1, 2013. Cash operating and 

administrative costs were increased by $1.3 million for year ended December 31, 2012. 

(3)  Energy Services’ EBITDA from operations has been restated and restructuring costs have been excluded from EBITDA from operations. The above 

results exclude restructuring costs of $9.1 million from 2013 and $3.5 million from 2012. See Restructuring costs for further details.

Revenues  were  $2,372.9  million  in  2013,  an  increase  of  $71.3  million  from  $2,301.6  million  in  2012.  The 

increase was primarily due to higher commodity prices and sales volumes. Total gross profit for 2013 was  

$465.2 million, an increase of $17.8 million or 4% from the prior year. The increase in gross profit is due to 

higher sales volumes at Canadian propane distribution, U.S. refined fuels and supply portfolio management 

due to colder weather and the benefit of improved customer sales and retention efforts, offset in part by 

lower  gross  profits  from  the  fixed-price  energy  services  business.  A  review  of  gross  profit  is  provided  on 

page 12.

11

 2013 Annual ReportGross Profit Review
(millions of dollars) 

Canadian propane distribution 

U.S. refined fuels distribution 

Other services 

Supply portfolio management 

Fixed-price energy services 

Total gross profit 

2013 

250.4 

130.2 

42.1 

24.9 

17.6 

465.2 

2012

235.7

123.1

39.6

18.3

30.7

447.4

Canadian Propane Distribution

Canadian propane distribution gross profit for 2013 was $250.4 million, an increase of $14.7 million or 6% 

from 2012, due to higher gross margins and sales volumes. Residential and commercial sales volumes in 2013 

were 37 million litres or 10% higher than in the prior year due to colder weather during the first quarter and 

fourth quarter of 2013 and the benefit of improved customer sales and retention efforts. Average weather 

across Canada for the year, as measured by degree days, was 6% colder than in the prior year and 3% colder 

than  the  five-year  average.  Industrial  volumes  decreased  by  17  million  litres  or  2%,  primarily  due  to  lower 

oilfield services demand associated with gasification of certain customer sites and lower customer activity. 

Automotive propane volumes increased by 6 million litres or 8%. This increase is in contrast to the historical 

structural decline experienced in this end-use market, and is due to the continued favourable price spread 

between propane and gasoline.

Average propane sales margins for 2013 increased to 18.8 cents per litre from 18.2 cents per litre in the prior 

year. The increase was principally due to improved pricing management and favourable movement in the 

sales mix as 2013 included an increased proportion of higher-margin sales volumes. 

Canadian Propane Distribution Sales Volumes

Volumes by End-Use Application (1) 

(millions of litres) 

Residential 

Commercial 

Agricultural 

Industrial 

Automotive 

2013 

135 

278 

73 

764 

81 

2012 

121 

255 

60 

781 

75 

Volumes by Region (2)

(millions of litres) 

Western Canada 

Eastern Canada  

Atlantic Canada 

2013 

766 

465 

100 

2012

751

440

101

1,331 

1,292 

1,331 

1,292

(1)  Regions: Western Canada region consists of British Columbia, Alberta, Saskatchewan, Manitoba, Northwest Ontario, Yukon and Northwest Territories; 
Eastern  Canada  region  consists  of  Ontario  (except  for  Northwest  Ontario)  and  Quebec;  and  Atlantic  Canada  region  consists  of  New  Brunswick, 
Newfoundland & Labrador, Nova Scotia and Prince Edward Island.

12

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
U.S. Refined Fuels Distribution

U.S. refined fuels gross profit for 2013 was $130.2 million, an increase of $7.1 million or 6% from the prior year. 

The increase in gross profit was due to higher sales volumes and gross margins. Sales volumes increased by 

34 million litres or 2% from the prior year to 1,633 million litres, primarily due to colder weather during the first 

and fourth quarters of 2013 than in the prior year’s quarters and continued growth of the propane customer 

offset in part by challenging market conditions for the wholesale business throughout the fourth quarter due 

to unusually low rack/spot market prices which resulted in wholesale customers purchasing directly from the 

rack at discounted prices. Weather as measured by heating degree days for the year was 18% colder than 

the prior year and 2% colder than the five-year average. Average U.S. refined fuels sales margins of 8.0 cents 

per litre increased slightly from the 7.7 cents per litre recorded in the prior year. The increase in sales margins 

was due to sales mix and pricing management.

U.S. Refined Fuels Distribution Sales Volumes

Volumes by End-Use Application (1) 

(millions of litres) 

Residential 

Commercial 

Automotive 

2013 

304 

775 

554 

2012 

274 

764 

561 

Volumes by Region (2)

(millions of litres) 

Northeast United States 

2013 

1,633 

2012

1,599

1,633 

1,599 

1,633 

1,599

(1)   Volume: Volume of heating oil, propane, diesel and gasoline sold (millions of litres).
(2)   Regions: Northeast United States region consists of Pennsylvania, Connecticut, New York, and Rhode Island.

Other Services

Other services gross profit was $42.1 million in 2013, an increase of $2.5 million or 6% from the prior year. The 

increase in other services gross profit is due to higher demand for installations offset in part by lower service 

contract business.

Supply Portfolio Management

Supply portfolio management gross profits were $24.9 million in 2013, an increase of $6.6 million or 36% from 

the prior year due to improved market-related opportunities associated with the cold weather experienced 

during 2013, the benefit of lower supply costs and gains realized on fixed-price settlements.

Fixed-Price Energy Services

Fixed-Price Energy Services Gross Profit 

2013 

2012

(millions of dollars except volume 
and per unit amounts) 

Natural gas (1) 
Electricity (2) 

Total 

Gross 
Profit 

11.1 

Volume 

Per Unit 

18.8 GJ 

59.0 ¢/GJ 

6.5  891.4 KWh  0.73 ¢/KWh 

17.6 

Gross
Profit 

21.5 

9.2 

30.7 

Volume 

Per Unit

18.7 GJ 

115.0 ¢/GJ

816.7 KWh 

1.13 ¢/KWh

 (1)   Natural gas volumes are expressed in millions of gigajoules (GJ).
 (2)  Electricity volumes are expressed in thousands of kilowatt hours (KWh).

13

 2013 Annual Report 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Fixed-price  energy  services  gross  profit  was  $17.6  million  in  2013,  a  decrease  of  $13.1  million  (43%)  from  

$30.7 million in the prior year. Natural gas gross profit was $11.1 million, a decrease of $10.4 million (48%) from 

$21.5 million in the prior year due to lower margins. Gross profit per unit was 59.0 cents per gigajoule (GJ), 

a decrease of 56.0 cents per GJ (49%) from the prior year. The decrease in natural gas gross margins was 

due to the continued decline of higher-margin residential customers from the pool of previously contracted 

business. Sales volumes of natural gas were 18.8 million GJ, consistent with the prior year as the continued 

decline in residential volumes as a result of focusing marketing efforts towards the commercial segment was 

offset by commercial demand and colder weather. Electricity gross profit in 2013 was $6.5 million, a decrease 

of $2.7 million or 29% from the prior year due to lower gross margins offset in part by higher sales volumes. 

The  decrease  in  gross  margins  was  due  to  sales  mix  as  the  current  year  includes  a  higher  proportion  of  

lower-margin commercial customers. The increase in electricity sales volumes was due to colder weather  

and continued aggregation of commercial customers in Ontario and Pennsylvania and commercial customers 

in New York.

Operating Costs

Cash operating and administrative costs were $327.7 million in 2013, an increase of $16.7 million or 5% from 

the  prior  year.  Operating  costs  were  higher  than  in  the  prior  year  due  to  higher  employee  costs  due  to 

increased sales volumes, higher employee incentive costs, higher truck maintenance costs and consulting 

costs associated with the Canadian Propane distribution information technology project.

U.S. Refined Fuels Impairments

During the fourth quarter of 2013, Energy Services performed a detailed impairment review of its intangible 

assets and goodwill. This calculation was performed as part of the annual impairment test and resulted in 

indications of impairment in the U.S. refined fuels segment of Energy Services. As a result of a detailed cash 

flow evaluation, Energy Services recorded an impairment charge of $15.5 million to the intangible assets and 

goodwill of U.S. refined fuels. 

On October 20, 2012, a kerosene leak was discovered in the bottom of a storage tank at U.S. refined fuels 

Marcy terminal location. The leak was investigated and contained by management. U.S. refined fuels then 

notified the Department of Environmental Conservation (DEC) which performed an independent review of 

the leak and other tanks at this location. On December 27, 2012, the DEC issued a notice of violation based 

on its inspections and subsequent to discussions between management and the DEC, a consent order was 

issued to U.S. refined fuels on February 4, 2013. The consent order stated that the secondary containment 

system and storage tanks were not in compliance with DEC design requirements and needed to be rebuilt 

to specific standards by September 1, 2013 in order to remain operational. The consent order was modified 

in  October  2013  to  extend  the  requirement  to  rebuild  to  specific  standards  by  September  1,  2014.  Repair 

of the facility has been suspended pending the outcome of a dispute between Superior and the previous 

owner and operator of the facility as to responsibility for the repair. This decision is not expected to have any 

material impact on the operations of U.S. refined fuels or operating results going forward.

Due to the leak and receipt of the consent order, management has performed a detailed impairment review 

of  the  Marcy  terminal  to  assess  whether  the  carrying  value  of  all  the  storage  tanks  does  not  exceed  the 

recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of the assets was based on management’s estimate of the fair 

value less costs to sell. Based on a detailed review by management, the fair value less costs to sell of the 

storage tanks was lower than the carrying value. An impairment charge of $4.7 million was recorded during 

the fourth quarter of 2012 against net earnings along with a $4.7 million reduction in the carrying value of 

the impaired storage tanks.

14

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.Operational Information

Overall,  Energy  Services’  operations  benefit  from  the  segment’s  leading  market  share  in  the  Canadian 

propane distribution market and considerable operational and customer diversification throughout Canada 

and  the  Northeast  United  States  through  Superior’s  U.S.  refined  fuels  assets.  Energy  Services’  customer 

base is well diversified geographically and across end-use applications, and its largest customer contributed 

approximately  3%  of  gross  profits  in  2013.  Energy  Services’  top  10  customers  comprised  approximately  

17% of its revenues in 2013, with its largest customer representing approximately 4% of its revenues.

As  shown  in  the  chart  below,  wholesale  propane  and  heating  oil  prices  fluctuated  throughout  2013  

and  started  to  increase  significantly  during  December  due  to  extremely  cold  weather  in  part  of  Eastern 

Canada and North Eastern U.S. Approximately 28% of Superior’s fuel distribution sales volumes are due to 

heating-related applications and 72% are due to general economic activity. 

Relative Change in Edmonton Propane, WTI Crude Oil, Natural Gas,  
NYMEX Heating Oil vs. Sarnia Propane

e
g
n
a
h
C
e
c
i
r
P
e
v
i
t
a
e
R

l

200

175

150

125

100

75

50

25

Jan
2012

Feb
12

Mar
12

Apr
12

May
12

Jun
12

Jul
12

Aug
12

Sep
12

Oct
12

Nov
12

Dec
12

Jan
2013

Feb
13

Mar
13

Apr
13

May
13

Jun
13

Jul
13

Aug
13

Sep
13

Oct
13

Nov
13

Dec
13

NYMEX Heating Oil Future

Sarnia Propane

WTI Crude Oil

AECO Natural Gas

Edmonton Propane

Acquisitions

On November 27, 2013, Superior completed the acquisition of certain assets constituting a retail propane and 

commercial fuels distribution business (Townsend) in Le Roy, New York for an aggregate price of $9.6 million 

including deferred consideration and net of adjustments for net working capital. The operations will provide 

U.S. refined fuels with access to additional propane and fuel oil customers, improved geographic coverage in 

upstate New York and additional distribution facilities.

15

 2013 Annual Report 
 
On  July  17,  2012,  Superior  completed  the  acquisition  of  certain  assets  constituting  a  propane  distribution 

business for an aggregate price of $5.5 million including adjustments for net working capital. The primary 

purpose of the acquisition was to expand Energy Services’ business in British Columbia and benefit from 

synergies and certain operating assets.

Financial Outlook

EBITDA  from  operations  for  2014  is  anticipated  to  be  higher  than  in  2013  due  to  improved  results  at  the 

Canadian  propane  and  U.S.  refined  fuels  businesses.  Improvement  in  EBITDA  is  anticipated  as  a  result  of 

modestly higher sales volumes and improved average sales margins due to the ongoing business operational 

improvements. EBITDA from the fixed-price energy services and wholesale supply business is anticipated 

to be consistent with 2013. Operating expenses are anticipated to be lower than in 2013 due to improved 

efficiency from the operational restructuring offset in part by costs associated with higher volumes. Average 

weather,  as  measured  by  degree  days,  is  anticipated  to  be  consistent  with  the  five-year  average  in  2014. 

Operating  conditions  for  2014  are  anticipated  to  be  similar  to  2013.  Superior  anticipates  that  the  difficult 

wholesale propane supply conditions experienced at the beginning of 2014 which were due in part to lower 

than average propane storage levels and colder than average temperatures which in turn increased demand 

and caused difficulty in transporting product will moderate towards the end of the first quarter of 2014. 

Initiatives to improve results in the Energy Services’ business continued during the fourth quarter of 2013 

in  conjunction  with  Superior’s  Destination  2015  initiative  and  Superior’s  goal  for  each  of  its  businesses  to 

become  best-in-class.  Business  improvement  projects  for  2013  and  2014  include:  a)  improving  customer 

service, b) improving overall logistics and procurement functions, c) enhancing the management of margins, 

d)  working  capital  management  e)  improving  existing  and  implementing  new  technologies  to  facilitate 

improvements to the business, f) headcount reductions and g) completing a detailed restructuring plan and 

commencing the related work.

The restructuring plan for the Canadian Propane distribution and U.S. refined fuels businesses will accelerate 

realization of operating efficiencies by implementing a more disciplined and consistent management operating 

system across the segment designed to leverage the new processes and information system investments 

and by sizing the organization to efficiently meet its operational business needs. The restructuring plan is 

expected to be completed by mid-2014.

System Conversion

In  2013,  Canadian  propane  distribution  commenced  the  implementation  of  an  order-to-cash,  billing  and 

logistics IT system to replace the distribution and invoicing functions of the present enterprise system. To 

mitigate  the  risk  associated  with  system  changes,  Canadian  propane  distribution  will  leverage  what  was 

learned in the U.S refined fuels organization, which has been using this system for several years. The total 

estimated cost of the implementation is $19.2 million. Approximately $16.5 million has been incurred to date 

and the estimated completion is the summer of 2014. During the third and fourth quarters of 2013, the new 

system was successfully implemented in the Atlantic and British Columbia regions. The remaining regions 

will be converted throughout the first half of 2014. The implementation has been phased in order to minimize 

the impact on the business during the heating season.

In addition to the significant assumptions detailed above, refer to “Risk Factors to Superior” for a detailed 

review of significant business risks affecting the Energy Services’ businesses.

16

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.Specialty Chemicals

Specialty Chemicals’ condensed operating results for 2013 and 2012:

(millions of dollars except per metric tonne (MT) amounts) 

Chemical revenue (1) 
Chemical cost of sales (1) 

Chemical gross profit 
Less: Cash operating and administrative costs (1) 

EBITDA from operations 

2013 

$ per MT 

2012

$ per MT

582.6 

(330.8) 

251.8 

(138.1) 

113.7 

705 

(400) 

305 

(167) 

138 

542.2 

(283.9) 

258.3 

(132.6) 

125.7 

703

(368)

335

(172)

163

Chemical volumes sold (thousands of MTs) 

826 

771

(1)  In order to better reflect the results of its operations, Superior has reclassified certain amounts for purposes of this MD&A related to derivative financial 
instruments, non-cash amortization and foreign currency translation losses or gains related to U.S.-denominated working capital. See “Reconciliation 
of Divisional Segmented Revenue, Cost of Sales and Cash Operating and Administrative Costs Included in this MD&A” for detailed amounts. 

Chemical revenue was $582.6 million in 2013, $40.4 million or 7% higher than in the prior year, primarily as a 

result of increased sodium chlorate and chloralkali/potassium sales volumes and pricing.

Gross  profit  of  $251.8  million  in  2013  was  $6.5  million  or  3%  lower  than  in  the  prior  year  primarily  due  to 

the  one-time  favourable  net  contribution  from  a  settlement  payment  received  from  TransCanada  Energy 

Ltd. in August 2012 (see Settlement). Sodium chlorate gross profit (excluding the settlement) increased by 

$10.1 million or 7%, due to higher sales volumes offset in part by lower gross margins. The sodium chlorate 

segment also benefited from the execution of a strategic supply agreement in October 2013 (see Strategic 

Supply Agreement).

Sodium chlorate sales volumes increased by 42,000 tonnes or 9% over the prior year due to higher demand 

in North America as a result of increased demand for pulp, increased Chilean sale volumes and the impact 

of the strategic supply agreement.

Average  selling  prices  for  sodium  chlorate  were  4%  higher  than  in  the  prior  year  due  to  price  increases  

from  contract  renewals,  offset  in  part  by  lower  U.S.  dollar  forward  exchange  contract  settlements  on  U.S.  

dollar-denominated sales. See “Financial Instruments — Risk Management” for a discussion of hedge positions.

Cost  of  sales  for  sodium  chlorate  was  higher  than  in  the  prior  year  due  to  increased  inventory  purchase 

costs, higher average electrical input costs and the one-time favourable net contribution from the settlement 

payment received from TransCanada Energy Ltd. during the third quarter of 2012 (see Settlement for further 

details).  Electrical  costs,  which  represent  70%  to  85%  of  the  variable  costs  of  the  production  of  sodium 

chlorate, were higher than in the prior year due to upward pressure on overall electricity pricing.

Chloralkali/potassium gross profits decreased by $4.1 million or 5%, due to lower gross margins and a higher 

proportion of lower priced chlorine sales offset in part by higher sales volumes. Chloralkali/potassium sales 

volumes increased by 13,000 tonnes or 5% due to strong potassium product demand for de-icing. Overall 

average  selling  prices  were  lower  than  in  2012  due  primarily  to  weakness  in  the  price  of  chlorine,  which 

reduced results and margins.

17

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
Total  chemical  sales  volumes  were  826,000  tonnes  in  2013,  an  increase  of  55,000  tonnes  or  7%  from  

the  prior  year,  due  to  higher  sodium  chlorate  and  chloralkali/potassium  sales  volumes  as  noted  above. 

Average chemical revenue per MT was $705, consistent with the prior year of $703 per MT. Sodium chlorate 

and  chloralkali/potassium  production  capacity  utilization  in  2013  averaged  90%  (2012  —  92%)  and  87%  

(2012 — 84%), respectively. 

Cash operating and administrative costs were $138.1 million in 2013, an increase of $5.5 million or 4% from the 

prior year. Operating expenses were affected by higher maintenance expenditures, higher engineering costs 

and general inflationary increases.

Strategic Supply Agreement

In October 2013, Specialty Chemicals entered into a supply agreement with Tronox LLC (Tronox) to purchase 

up  to  130,000  MT  of  sodium  chlorate  per  year  from  Tronox’s  Hamilton,  Mississippi  facility,  as  nominated 

annually by Specialty Chemicals. The initial term of the agreement extends to December 31, 2016 and may be 

automatically extended in one year increments thereafter. Under the agreement, Tronox will continue to own 

and operate the facility, and Specialty Chemicals will purchase sodium chlorate to meet customer demands 

under certain customer contracts being assumed and to supply other existing and new customers. Specialty 

Chemicals  paid  an  initial  fee  of  $4.3  million  and  will  incur  a  quarterly  fee  of  $0.8  million  during  the  initial 

term, plus a cost for sodium chlorate delivered. As part of the Agreement, Specialty Chemicals will acquire 

finished inventory and assume existing railcar leases and customer contracts, as assigned. Additionally, the 

parties have entered into a strategic long-term agreement for the supply of chloralalkali product by Specialty 

Chemicals to service Tronox’s requirements in North America. Under the agreement, if the annual nominated 

volume by Specialty Chemicals is less than the specified volume of product set out in the agreement, Tronox 

may terminate the agreement early, at its sole option and its sole cost to permanently shut down the plant 

for the manufacture of sodium chlorate.  

Settlement

In  August  2012,  Specialty  Chemicals  received  a  payment  of  $15.8  million  from  TransCanada  Energy  Ltd.,  a 

subsidiary  of  TransCanada  Corporation,  in  connection  with  the  arbitration  ruling  related  to  the  Sundance 

Power  Purchase  Agreement  (PPA)  between  TransAlta  Corporation  and  TransCanada  Energy  Ltd.  The 

payment resulted from an electrical sales agreement between TransCanada Energy Ltd. and Superior whereby 

TransCanada Energy Ltd. supplies Superior with fixed-priced energy from the PPA. A one-time gain of $12.5 

million, representing the payment net of certain settlement costs, was recorded in cost of goods sold.

Major Capital Projects 

As  announced  in  the  first  quarter  of  2012,  Superior  approved  an  $18.0  million  expansion  of  hydrochloric  

acid  production  capacity  at  the  Port  Edwards,  Wisconsin  chloralkali  facility.  The  plant’s  capacity  of  

110,000  wet  metric  tonnes  (WMT),  or  36,000  dry  metric  tonnes,  is  being  increased  to  approximately  

220,000 WMT. The expansion project commenced in 2012, with commercial production expected early in 

the fourth quarter of 2014. 

As  announced  in  the  third  quarter  of  2012,  Superior  has  approved  a  $25.0  million  expansion  of  

hydrochloric  acid  production  capacity  at  the  Saskatoon,  Saskatchewan  chloralkali  facility.  The  plant’s 

capacity of 70,000 WMT, or 22,000 dry metric tonnes, will be increased to approximately 140,000 WMT. The 

expansion project commenced in 2012, with commercial production expected in the fourth quarter of 2014.

18

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.As at December 31, 2013, a total of $19.0 million had been spent on the two projects. Upon completion of 

both  projects,  Superior  will  have  total  hydrochloric  acid  production  capacity  of  approximately  360,000 

WMT. The two expansions will allow Superior to optimize overall returns at both facilities by converting a 

larger portion of its chlorine into higher-value hydrochloric acid.

Operational Information

Sodium chlorate sales in 2013 represented 67% of Specialty Chemicals’ EBITDA from operations, excluding 

the PPA settlement, an increase of 4% from the 63% contribution in 2011. Sodium chlorate is principally sold 

to bleached pulp manufacturers. It is used to generate chlorine dioxide for bleaching pulp. Sodium chlorate 

represents approximately 5% of the variable cost to manufacture bleached pulp. As a result, sodium chlorate 

sales volumes and prices tend to be stable over time despite the volatility of bleached pulp prices (see the 

following chart). 

Pulp Prices Compared to Sodium Chlorate Prices and Sales Volumes

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

NBSK (US$/Air Dry MT(ADMT))
Sodium Chlorate Price (US$/MT)

N Hardwood (US$/ADMT)
Sodium Chlorate Volumes (US$/MT)

Chloralkali/potassium sales in 2013 contributed 33% of EBITDA from operations, a decrease of 4% from 37% 

in 2012. Operating rates of the North American Chloralkali segment and electrochemical unit (ECU) pricing 

have remained relatively stable in 2013.

19

 2013 Annual Report 
Chloralkali ECU Pricing Compared to Operating Rates

e
n
n
o
T
t
r
o
h
S
/
$
S
U

1,500

1,000

500

0

100%

75%

50%

25%

0%

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

ECU Contract-Market Value after Discounts (US$/ST)

ECU Operating Rate (%)

Specialty Chemicals’ top 10 customers comprised approximately 50% of its revenues in 2013, with its largest 

customer representing 8% of its revenues.

Financial Outlook

EBITDA  from  operations  for  2014  is  expected  to  be  lower  than  in  2013  due  to  lower  sodium  chlorate 

contribution  from  higher  average  electricity  prices,  offset  in  part  by  the  contribution  from  the  strategic 

supply agreement described above. Contribution from the chloralkali segment is anticipated to be higher 

than in 2013 due to the completion of the hydrochloric acid facility expansions during 2014. Selling prices 

and sales volumes of caustic, chlorine and hydrochloric acid are anticipated to be similar to 2013 as supply 

and demand fundamentals in the chloralkali markets in which Superior operates are anticipated to remain 

consistent with the prior year.

In  addition  to  the  significant  assumptions  noted  above,  refer  to  “Risk  Factors  to  Superior”  for  a  detailed 

review of the significant business risks affecting Superior’s Specialty Chemicals’ segment. 

20

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
Construction Products Distribution

Construction Products Distribution’s condensed operating results for 2013 and 2012: 

(millions of dollars) 

2013 

2012

Revenue (2) 
  Gypsum Specialty Distribution (GSD) revenue (1) 

  Commercial and Industrial Insulation (C&I) revenue 
Cost of sales (2) 

  GSD cost of sales 

  C&I cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Less: Cash operating and administrative costs 

EBITDA from operations 

525.4 

274.8 

(400.0) 

(204.2) 

196.0 

(162.8) 

33.2 

517.9

261.0

(401.6)

(193.4)

183.9

(156.6)

27.3

(1)  In order to better reflect the results of its operations, Superior has reclassified certain amounts for purposes of this MD&A to present its results as 
if  it  had  accounted  for  various  transactions  as  accounting  hedges.  See  “Reconciliation  of  Divisional  Segmented  Revenue,  Cost  of  Sales  and  Cash 
Operating and Administrative Costs Included in this MD&A” for detailed amounts.

(2)  The prior year’s revenue and cost of sales classifications between GSD and C&I have been adjusted to align with the current year’s classification.
(3)  Construction Products Distribution EBITDA from operations has been restated on a before restructuring cost basis, and the above results exclude 

restructuring costs of $6.2 million in 2013 and $6.5 million in 2012. See Restructuring Costs for further details.

GSD and C&I revenues were $800.2 million for 2013, $21.3 million or 3% higher than in the prior year. GSD 

revenue increased due to higher sales volumes as a result of ongoing improvement in the U.S. residential 

markets offset in part by lower contribution from some Canadian regions due to a slowdown in Canadian 

residential markets and branch closures completed during 2012. C&I revenues were higher than in the prior 

year due to successful investments in sales and marketing and other initiatives to increase sales.

Gross profit was $196.0 million in 2013, was $12.1 million or 7% higher than in the prior year due to increased 

revenues  as  noted  above  and  higher  GSD  gross  margins.  The  increase  in  GSD  gross  margins  was  due  to 

improved average selling prices, successful procurement initiatives and the benefit of exiting less profitable 

markets. C&I gross margins were consistent with the prior year.

Cash operating and administrative costs were $162.8 million in 2013, an increase of $6.2 million or 4% from 

the  prior  year.  The  increase  was  primarily  due  to  higher  employee  costs  associated  with  increased  sales 

volumes, investment in additional sales capabilities, appreciation of the U.S. dollar, the system integration 

project costs and general inflationary increases.

Operational Information

Construction Products Distribution enjoys considerable geographical and customer diversification, servicing 

over  17,000  customers  from  115  distribution  branches  (see  “Total  Revenues  by  Region”  pie  chart).  Its  10 

largest  customers  represent  approximately  7%  of  its  annual  distribution  sales,  with  the  largest  customer 

generating approximately 1% of annual distribution sales. Construction Products Distribution enjoys a strong 

position in its operating markets, supported by its complete walls, ceilings, residential insulation, commercial 

and industrial insulation product lines, and by its procurement capabilities (see “Total Revenues by Product” 

pie chart). 

21

 2013 Annual ReportTotal Revenues by Region — 2013 

Total Revenues by Product — 2013

17% Prairies 

13% Central/Eastern Canada

7% Residential insulation

8% Steel framing and accessories

10% Stucco, tools and miscellaneous

64% U.S.

32% Commercial and
industrial insulation

6% British Columbia

22% Drywall and components

21% Ceilings

Sales  to  commercial  and  industrial  builders  and  contractors  are  comprised  of  Construction  Products 

Distribution’s full product line, whereas sales to residential builders and contractors are principally comprised 

of  drywall  and  components,  insulation  and  plaster  products.  Demand  for  walls  and  ceiling  construction 

products  is  influenced  by  overall  economic  conditions  with  approximately  58%  of  sales  from  servicing 

commercial new construction and remodelling activity, 25% from servicing residential new construction and 

remodelling activity and 17% from servicing industrial activity. New commercial construction and industrial 

demand trends have historically lagged new residential construction (see charts on the Canadian and U.S. 

end-use construction segments below). 

 Canadian End-Use Construction Segments

200

175

150

125

100

75

50

25

22

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

12 13*

CDN Housing Starts (thousands of units)

CDN Non-Residential Construction Footage put in Place (mmsf)

*estimate
Index 1984=100

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
U.S. End-Use Construction Segments

200

175

150

125

100

75

50

25

0

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

12 13*

U.S. Non-Residential Construction Footage put in Place (mmsf)
U.S. Residential Additions and Alterations ($ billions)
U.S. Housing Starts (thousands of units)

U.S. Industrial Construction Footage put in Place (mmsf)

*estimate
Index 1984=100

Financial Outlook

Superior  anticipates  that  EBITDA  from  operations  in  2014  will  be  higher  than  in  2013  due  to  continued 

improvements in U.S. residential construction markets as well as benefits resulting from completing ongoing 

business initiatives. Superior anticipates that the U.S. commercial market will modestly improve in 2014 over 

2013 and that the Canadian residential markets will continue to be challenging.

Initiatives to improve results in the Construction Products Distribution business continued during the fourth 

quarter of 2013. Ongoing business improvement projects for 2013 and 2014 include: a) assessment of overall 

logistics and existing branch network, b) review of supply chain management including procurement and 

transportation, c) review of product pricing, d) working capital management, e) sales growth in select focus 

products/markets, and f) completing the detailed restructuring plan.

In late 2013, CPD initiated a business transformation project to fully integrate its C&I and GSD operations. 

The project consists of realigning the management structure along geographic lines, adopting best practice 

common business processes, and integrating all operations onto a single ERP (computer) system. The project 

is expected to take approximately two years and conclude at the end of 2015. 

As part of the business transformation project, the Calgary, Alberta corporate office will relocate to Dallas, 

Texas. This will position the corporate office in a central location and a major North American travel hub, 

closer to its customers and suppliers and the majority of its revenue base. The relocation commenced in the 

fourth quarter of 2013 and will be completed during the fall of 2014.

During  2012  and  2013,  Construction  Products  Distribution  underwent  successful  operational  restructuring 

through  branch  rationalization  to  reduce  operating  expenses.  In  2014,  it  will  complete  its  management 

realignment to make the organization more agile and increase its ability to capitalize on the U.S. residential 

and commercial construction recovery. Common business processes and systems will be implemented across 

the business, a project that was delayed over the past several years due to challenging market conditions.

23

 2013 Annual ReportAs part of Superior’s plan to maximize shareholder value, Superior conducts an ongoing review of its portfolio 

of businesses and assesses the strategic fit of all its businesses from time-to-time. In light of the ongoing 

improvements in the U.S. construction industry, Superior is currently assessing strategic alternatives for its 

Construction Products Distribution segment and has hired a financial advisor.

In addition to the Construction Products Distribution segment’s significant assumptions noted above, refer 

to  “Risk  Factors  to  Superior”  for  a  detailed  review  of  the  significant  business  risks  affecting  Superior’s 

Construction Products Distribution segment.

Consolidated Capital Expenditure Summary

(millions of dollars) 

Efficiency, process improvement and growth-related 

Other capital 

Investment in supply agreement 

Acquisitions 

Proceeds on disposition of capital 

Total net capital expenditures 

Capital-equivalent of finance leases 

Total expenditures including finance leases 

2013 

44.3 

34.2 

78.5 

4.3 

7.6 

(6.6) 

83.8 

36.9 

120.7 

2012

11.4

32.4

43.8

–

5.5

(4.5)

44.8

8.1

52.9

Efficiency, process improvement and growth-related expenditures were $44.3 million in 2013 compared to 

$11.4  million  in  the  prior  year.  The  increase  was  primarily  related  to  the  expansion  projects  at  Specialty 

Chemicals’ and Energy Services’ purchases of rental assets, truck related expenditures and expenditures on 

the Canadian Propane distribution system conversion. 

Other capital expenditures were $34.2 million in 2013, compared to $32.4 million in the prior year, consisting 

primarily of required maintenance and general capital across Superior’s segments.

During  October,  Specialty  Chemicals  entered  into  a  strategic  supply  agreement  which  required  an  initial 

investment of $4.3 million (see Strategic Supply Agreement).

On November 27, 2013, Superior completed the acquisition of certain assets constituting a retail propane and 

commercial fuels distribution business (Townsend) in Le Roy, New York for an aggregate price of $9.6 million 

including deferred consideration and net of adjustments for net working capital. The operations will provide 

U.S. refined fuels with access to additional propane customers. In July 2012, the Energy Services’ segment 

completed the acquisition of the  assets  of  a  small  regional  propane distribution business  for $5.5 million, 

excluding $1.0 million in net working capital. 

Proceeds  on  the  disposal  of  capital  were  $6.6  million  in  2013  and  consisted  of  Superior’s  disposition  of 

surplus tanks, cylinders and other assets. 

During 2013, Superior entered into new leases with capital-equivalent value of $36.9 million, primarily related 

to delivery vehicles for the Energy Services and Construction Products Distribution segments and a finance 

lease of $21.5 million related to the strategic supply agreement.

Capital  expenditures  were  funded  from  a  combination  of  operating  cash  flow,  the  issuance  of  common 

shares and revolving-term bank credit facilities. 

24

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
Corporate and Interest Costs

Corporate costs were $17.9 million in 2013, an increase of $1.7 million over the prior year. The increase was 

due to higher long-term incentive plan costs associated with the increase in Superior’s share price during 

the year.

Interest  expense  on  borrowing  and  interest  on  finance  lease  obligations  was  $30.2  million  for  2013,  a  

decrease of $8.2 million from the $38.4 million in the prior year. The decrease was due to lower average debt 

as a result of Superior’s $143.9 million equity offering ($137.8 million net of issuance costs) which closed on 

March 27, 2013, higher cash flows, redemption of Superior’s 8.25% $150 million senior unsecured notes on 

October 28, 2013 with lower rate revolving debt and the benefit of debt repayments during the past year. See 

“Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further details on the change in average debt levels.

Interest  on  Superior’s  convertible  unsecured  subordinated  debentures  (“Debentures”  which  include  all 

series  of  convertible  unsecured  subordinated  debentures)  was  $28.5  million  for  2013,  a  decrease  of  $4.8 

million  from  $33.3  million  in  the  prior  year.  The  decrease  was  due  to  the  redemption  of  $49.9  million  of 

Superior’s  5.75%  convertible  subordinated  debentures  due  December  31,  2012  on  August  1,  2012,  $50.0 

million of Superior’s 5.85% convertible subordinated debentures due October 31, 2015 on January 3, 2013, 

$25.0 million of Superior’s 5.85% convertible subordinated debentures due October 31, 2015 on April 9, 2013  

and  $68.9  million  of  Superior’s  7.50%  convertible  subordinated  debentures  due  December  31,  2014  on 

September 3, 2013. The above noted decrease was offset in part by the issuance of $97.0 million of 6.00% 

convertible subordinated debentures on July 22, 2013 which mature on June 30, 2019.

Restructuring Costs

Superior’s restructuring costs have been categorized together and excluded from segmented results. Below 

is a table summarizing these costs:

(millions of dollars) 

Severance costs 

Branch closure costs and lease termination costs 

Consulting costs 

Inventory write-downs 

Total restructuring costs 

2013 

5.7 

4.7 

1.3 

3.6 

15.3 

2012

4.3

5.7

–

–

10.0

Superior  recognized  $15.3  million  of  restructuring  costs  during  2013  as  compared  to  $10.0  million  in  the 

prior year. The increase was due to the completion of a comprehensive restructuring plan during the fourth 

quarter  of  2013  for  the  Energy  Services  and  Construction  Products  Distribution  segments.  Total  costs  of  

$9.1 million were recognized by Energy Services primarily related to employee severance costs, consulting 

costs  and  inventory  write-downs  due  to  exiting  a  certain  portion  of  the  service  business.  Construction 

Products  Distribution  recognized  a  total  of  $6.2  million  in  costs  related  to  employee  severance,  branch 

closure  and  lease  termination  costs.  Superior  expects  to  incur  between  $7  million  and  $10  million  of 

additional restructuring costs during the first half of 2014. Superior disclosed in the third quarter MD&A that 

it anticipated incurring between $15 million and $20 million of restructuring costs. This estimate was before 

inventory  write-downs,  including  inventory  write-downs  Superior  anticipates  incurring  a  total  of  between 

$22 million and $25 million during 2013 and 2014.

25

 2013 Annual ReportIncome Taxes

Consistent with prior periods, Superior recognizes a provision for income taxes for its subsidiaries that are 

subject to current and future income taxes, including U.S. income tax, U.S. non-resident withholding tax and 

Chilean income tax. 

Total income tax expense for 2013 was $5.7 million, comprised of $0.2 million in cash income tax expense and 

$5.5 million in deferred income tax expense. This compares to a total income tax expense of $9.0 million in 

the prior year, which consisted of $1.1 million in cash income tax expense and a $7.9 million deferred income 

tax expense. 

Cash  income  taxes  for  2013  were  $0.2  million,  consisting  of  income  taxes  in  the  U.S.  of  $0.2  million  

(2012  —  $1.1  million  of  U.S.  cash  tax  expense).  Deferred  income  tax  expense  for  2013  was  $5.5  million  

(2012  —  $7.9  million  deferred  income  tax  expense),  resulting  in  a  corresponding  net  deferred  income  tax 

asset of $288.3 million as at December 31, 2013.  Deferred income taxes in 2013 were impacted by lower net 

earnings in 2013 and the absence of adjustments associated with changes in enacted tax rates.

As at December 31, 2013, Superior had the following tax pools available to be used in future years:

Canada 

Tax basis 

Non-capital losses 

Capital losses 

Canadian scientific research expenditures 

Investment tax credits 

United States 

Tax basis 

Non-capital losses 

Chile 

Tax basis 

Non-capital loss carry-forwards 

  (millions of dollars)

258.3

115.4

582.5

604.6

163.1

173.0

119.1

20.1

14.6

See  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  for  a  summary  

of the expiry of the non-capital loss carry-forwards and investment tax credits. Capital loss carry-forwards, 

Canadian  scientific  research  expenditures  and  Chilean  non-capital  losses  are  eligible  to  be  carried  

forward indefinitely.

26

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) Income Tax Update

As  previously  disclosed,  on  April  2,  2013  Superior  received  from  the  CRA  Notices  of  Reassessment  for 

Superior’s 2009 and 2010 taxation years reflecting the CRA’s intent to challenge the tax consequences of 

Superior’s corporate conversion transaction (Conversion) which occurred on December 31, 2008. The CRA’s 

position is based on the acquisition of control rules, in addition to the general anti-avoidance rules in the 

Income Tax Act (Canada).

The table below summarizes Superior’s estimated tax liabilities and payment requirements associated with 

the received and anticipated Notices of Reassessment. Upon receipt of the Notices of Reassessment, 50% of 

the taxes payable pursuant to such Notices of Reassessment, must be remitted to the CRA.

Taxation Year 

2009/2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

Total 

Taxes Payable (1)(2) 

50% of the 
Taxes Payable (1)(2) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  13.0  
  10.0 (3) 
  10.0 (3) 
  10.0 (3) 
  20.0 (3) 

$  63.0  

$  

$  

$  

$  

$ 

  6.5 

  5.0 

  5.0 

   5.0 

  10.0 

$  31.5 

Payment Dates

Paid in April 2013

2015

2015

2015

2015

(1)   In millions of dollars.
(2)   Includes estimated interest and penalties.
(3)   Estimated based on Superior’s previously filed tax returns, Superior’s 2013 results and the midpoint of Superior’s 2014 outlook.

During  2013,  Superior  filed  a  Notice  of  Objection  and  a  Notice  of  Appeal  with  respect  to  the  Notice  of 

Reassessments received on May 8, 2013. Superior anticipates that if the case proceeds in the Tax Court of 

Canada, the case could be heard in the first quarter of 2015, with a decision rendered by the end of fiscal 

2015. If a decision of the Tax Court of Canada were to be appealed, the appeal process could reasonably be 

expected to take an additional 2 years. If Superior receives a positive decision then any taxes, interest and 

penalties paid to the CRA will be refunded plus interest and if Superior is unsuccessful then any remaining 

taxes payable plus interest and penalties will have to be remitted.

Superior remains confident in the appropriateness of its tax filing position and the expected tax consequences 

of the Conversion and intends to vigorously defend such position and intends to file its future tax returns on 

a basis consistent with its view of the outcome of the Conversion.

Interim tax payments made by Superior will be recorded to the balance sheet and will not materially impact 

either adjusted operating cash flow or net earnings.

Based on the midpoint of Superior’s current 2014 financial outlook of AOCF per share of $1.80, if the tax 

pools from the Conversion were not available to Superior, the impact would be an increase to cash income 

taxes  of  approximately  $0.15  per  share  for  2014.  As  previously  stated,  Superior  intends  to  file  its  future 

income tax returns on a basis consistent with its view of the outcome of the Conversion.

27

 2013 Annual Report 
 
Financial Outlook

Superior  achieved  adjusted  operating  cash  flow  per  share  for  2013  of  $1.69  (before  restructuring  costs), 

within the 2013 financial outlook range provided in its 2013 third-quarter MD&A. See the detailed discussion 

on each segment for a breakdown of the results achieved.

Superior’s  outlook  is  for  adjusted  operating  cash  flow  for  2014  to  be  between  $1.65  per  share  and  

$1.95  per  share,  before  restructuring  costs,  consistent  with  the  outlook  included  in  Superior’s  2013  

third-quarter MD&A. Achieving Superior’s adjusted operating cash flow depends on the operating results of 

its three operating segments.

In addition to the operating results of Superior’s three operating segments, significant assumptions underlying 

Superior’s 2014 outlook are:

•   Economic growth in Canada and the U.S. is expected to be similar to or modestly higher than in 2013;

•   Superior is expected to continue to attract capital and obtain financing on acceptable terms;

•   Superior’s estimated total debt to EBITDA ratio is based on maintenance and growth related expenditures 

of $72.0 million in 2014 and working capital funding requirements which do not contemplate any significant 

commodity price changes;

•   The foreign currency exchange rate between the Canadian dollar and U.S. dollar is expected to average 

1.05 in 2014 on all unhedged foreign currency transactions;

•   Financial and physical counterparties are expected to continue fulfilling their obligations to Superior;

•   Regulatory authorities are not expected to impose any new regulations impacting Superior;

•   Superior’s  average  interest  rate  on  floating-rate  debt  is  expected  to  remain  consistent  with  2013  

levels; and

•   Canadian  and  U.S.  based  cash  taxes  are  expected  to  be  minimal  for  2014  based  on  existing  statutory 

income tax rates and the ability to use available tax basis.

Energy Services

•   Average temperatures across Canada and the Northeast U.S. in 2014 are expected to be consistent with 

the recent five-year average;

•   Total propane and U.S. refined fuels-related sales volumes are expected to increase in 2014 due to the 

impact from customer win-back and retention programs;

•   Wholesale propane and U.S. refined fuels-related prices are not anticipated to significantly affect demand 

for propane, refined fuels and related services;

•   Supply portfolio management market results for 2014 are expected to increase modestly from 2013 due 

to growth in sales volumes and margins; 

28

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.•   Fixed-price energy services results for 2014 are expected to decrease slightly from 2013 due to continued 

declines in the natural gas segment as the system price of natural gas is expected to remain low offset in 

part by growth in the electricity segment; and

•   Operating  costs  are  expected  to  decrease  in  2014  from  2013  due  to  improvements  in  operational 

efficiencies from business initiatives.

Specialty Chemicals

•   Sodium  chlorate  contribution  in  2014  is  expected  to  decrease  from  2013  due  to  lower  gross  margins 

associated with higher electricity prices. Sales volumes in 2014 are expected to increase as compared to 

2013 due to the impact of the strategic supply agreement;

•   Chloralkali contribution in 2014 is expected to be higher than in 2013 due to higher sales volumes associated 

with the completion of the Port Edwards and Saskatoon expansions;

•   Electricity costs are expected to increase slightly in 2014 as compared to the prior year; and

•   Average plant utilization will approximate greater than 94% in 2014.

Construction Products Distribution

•   Revenues in 2014 are expected to increase as compared to 2013 due to continued growth in U.S. based 

GSD sales as the U.S. residential market continues to improve, and higher C&I sales revenue due to limited 

recovery in the U.S. commercial construction segment;

•   Sales  margins  in  2014  are  expected  to  increase  modestly  from  2013  due  to  continued  focus  on  price 

management, profitability and procurement; and

•   Operating costs in 2014 are expected to decrease as a percentage of revenue compared to 2013 due to 

anticipated savings from restructuring efforts.

Restructuring Charges

•   Superior incurred $15.3 million of restructuring costs during the fourth quarter of 2013, within the range 

of  $15  million  to  $20  million  provided  in  Superior’s  third-quarter  MD&A.  Total  estimated  restructuring 

costs  are  expected  to  be  between  $22  million  and  $25  million,  this  range  includes  inventory 

impairments  which  were  excluded  from  the  range  provided  during  the  third-quarter  of  2013.  These  

one-time restructuring costs are associated with further operational improvements in the Energy Services 

and  Construction  Products  Distribution  segments.  Superior  expects  to  incur  between  $7  million  and 

$10 million of additional restructuring costs during the first half of 2014. These costs are excluded from 

Superior’s 2013 and 2014 financial outlooks.

29

 2013 Annual ReportDebt Management Update

Superior’s  total  debt  to  EBITDA  ratio  (before  restructuring  costs)  as  at  December  31,  2013  of  3.9X  was 

slightly higher than Superior’s third-quarter 2013 MD&A outlook range of 3.3X to 3.7X. This was due to higher 

than anticipated working capital in the Energy Services’ business as a result of a significant increase in the 

wholesale cost of propane and heating oil due to tight supply conditions experienced through the fourth 

quarter of 2013. The tight supply conditions were as a result of colder than average weather and numerous 

winter storms throughout Canada and the U.S. which created significant constraints on supply. In addition, 

total debt was negatively impacted by a weaker Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar as it relates to 

Superior’s U.S. denominated debt.

Superior’s  December  31,  2014  forecast  total  debt  to  EBITDA  ratios  are  stated  before  restructuring  costs. 

Superior anticipates additional restructuring costs will be recognized over the first and second quarters of 

2014. Superior’s forecast December 31, 2014, total debt to EBITDA ratio has been updated to a range of 3.6X 

to 4.0X, compared to the previously provided outlook range of 3.3X to 3.7X. The forecast increase is due to 

higher than expected actual debt at December 31, 2013, higher than previously forecast working capital and 

the impact of a stronger U.S dollar on U.S. denominated debt.

Superior’s anticipated debt repayment for 2014 and total debt to EBITDA leverage ratio as at December 31, 2014, 

based on Superior’s 2014 financial outlooks and 2013 results, are detailed in the table below.

Debt Management Summary 

2014 financial outlook AOCF per share – mid-point (1) 

Maintenance capital expenditures, net 

Capital lease obligation repayments 

Restructuring costs 

Cash flow available for dividends and debt repayment before growth capital 

Expansion of Port Edwards and Saskatoon facilities 

Other growth capital expenditures 

Estimated 2014 free cash flow available for dividends and debt repayment 

Dividends 

Total estimated debt repayment 

Per  
Share 

Millions of
 Dollars

$  1.80 

(0.26) 

(0.19) 

(0.16) 

$  1.19 

(0.19) 

(0.12) 

$  0.88 

(0.60) 

$  0.28 

227.1 

(33.0)

(24.5)

(20.0)

149.6 

(23.5)

(15.5)

110.6 

(75.7)

34.9 

Estimated total debt to EBITDA ratio as at December 31, 2014 

3.6X – 4.0X 

3.6X – 4.0X

Dividends 

Calculated payout ratio after all capital and payment to CRA 

$  0.60 

69% 

75.7 

69% 

(1)  See “Financial Outlook” for additional details including assumptions, definitions and risk factors.

In  addition  to  Superior’s  significant  assumptions  detailed  above,  refer  to  “Risk  Factors  to  Superior”  for  a 

detailed review of Superior’s significant business risks. 

30

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources

Superior’s total and available sources of credit are detailed in the chart below:

Available Credit Facilities

As at December 31, 2013 
(millions of dollars)  

Revolving term bank credit facilities (1)  
Term loans (1) 

Finance lease obligations 

Total 

Total 
Amount 

Letters of 
Borrowing   Credit Issued 

Amount
Available

570.0 

77.1 

79.3 

726.4 

422.3 

77.1 

79.3 

578.7 

27.9 

119.8

– 

– 

–

–

27.9 

119.8

(1)  Revolving term bank credit facilities and term loan balances are presented before deferred financing fees.

Superior’s  revolving  syndicated  bank  facility  (Credit  Facility),  term  loans  and  finance  lease  obligations 

(collectively  Borrowing)  before  deferred  financing  fees  totaled  $578.7  million  as  at  December  31,  2013,  a 

decrease of $60.9 million from December 31, 2012. The decrease in Borrowing was primarily due to the equity 

offering that Superior closed on March 27, 2013 for net proceeds of $137.6 million and the proceeds from the 

issuance of $97.0 million of 6.00% debentures on July 22, 2013 offset in part by $143.9 million of debenture 

redemptions (see Redemptions below) during 2013.

On October 28, 2013, Superior early redeemed all of its outstanding $150.0 million, 8.25% senior unsecured 

debentures due October 27, 2016. The early redemption allows for Superior to benefit from lower average 

interest costs.

On June 10, 2013, Superior completed an extension of its $570.0 million Credit Facility with eight lenders. 

The  Credit  Facility  matures  on  June  27,  2016  and  can  be  expanded  to  $750.0  million.  Financial  covenant 

ratios were unchanged, with a consolidated secured debt to consolidated EBITDA ratio and a consolidated 

debt to consolidated EBITDA ratio of 3.0x and 5.0x, respectively. See “Summary of Cash Flow” for details on 

Superior’s sources and uses of cash.

As at December 31, 2013, Debentures (before deferred issuance fees and discount values) issued by Superior 

totaled $494.5 million which was $47.0 million lower than the balance as at December 31, 2012 due to the 

redemption  of  the  5.85%,  5.85%,  and  7.50%  convertible  unsecured  subordinated  debentures  during  2013  

(see  Redemptions),  offset  in  part  by  the  issuance  of  $97.0  million  of  unsecured  subordinated  debentures 

on  July  22,  2013.  See  Note  19  to  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  for  additional  details  on 

Superior’s Debentures.

31

 2013 Annual Report 
Redemptions

On January 3, 2013, Superior completed the previously announced redemption of $50.0 million in principal 

of its previously issued 5.85% convertible subordinated debentures (2015 Debentures) due October 31, 2015 

and the remaining $25.0 million principal on April 9, 2013. Superior used funds from its Credit Facility to fund 

the redemption of the 2015 Debentures. The debentures were redeemed, at the redemption price of $1,000 

in cash per $1,000 principal of 2015 Debentures plus accrued and unpaid interest up to but excluding the 

redemption date.

On  September  3,  2013,  Superior  redeemed  the  entire  $68.9  million  principal  of  its  7.50%  convertible 

unsecured subordinated debentures (7.50% Debentures) in accordance with their governing indenture. The 

7.50% Debentures were redeemed at the redemption price which is equal to the principal to be redeemed, 

together  with  all  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  thereon  up  to  the  redemption  date,  being  $1,013.3562  per 

$1,000 principal. The 7.50% Debentures ceased to bear interest from the redemption date.

On February 14, 2014, Superior closed a $125 million term loan facility which matures on August 14, 2014. The 

term loan facility provides additional liquidity to ensure Superior has sufficient financial flexibility to manage 

short term fluctuations in working capital requirements. Throughout the end of 2013 and the beginning of 

2014, Superior’s working capital requirements have increased due to a rise in the wholesale cost of propane. 

Superior  anticipates  that  the  wholesale  cost  of  propane  and  the  related  working  capital  will  normalize 

throughout the remainder of the 2014 heating season. Superior intends to repay the credit facility before the 

facility maturity date. As at December 31, 2013, approximately $119.8 million was available under the Credit 

Facility which Superior considers sufficient to meet its expected net working capital, capital expenditure and 

refinancing requirements during 2014 when combined with the above noted $125 million term loan facility.

Consolidated  net  working  capital  was  $293.1  million  as  at  December  31,  2013,  an  increase  of  $13.9  million 

from  net  working  capital  of  $279.2  million  as  at  December  31,  2012.  The  increase  was  primarily  due  to 

higher Specialty Chemicals’ accounts receivable due to increased revenues. Superior’s net working capital 

requirements are financed by its Credit Facility.

Proceeds received from the DRIP for 2013 were $4.9 million as compared to $14.2 million in 2012. The decrease 

was primarily a result of Superior announcing on March 7, 2013 that it will cease the active operation of its 

DRIP following payment of the March dividend in April 2013.

As at December 31, 2013, when calculated in accordance with the Credit Facility, the consolidated secured 

debt to compliance EBITDA ratio was 2.2 to 1.0 (December 31, 2012 — 1.9 to 1.0) and the consolidated debt 

to compliance EBITDA ratio was 2.2 to 1.0 (December 31, 2012 — 2.4 to 1.0). For both of these covenants 

outstanding Debentures are excluded. These ratios are within the requirements of Superior’s debt covenants. 

In accordance with the Credit Facility, Superior must maintain a consolidated secured debt to compliance 

EBITDA ratio of not more than 3.0 to 1.0 and not more than 3.5 to 1.0 as a result of acquisitions. In addition, 

Superior must maintain a consolidated debt to compliance EBITDA ratio of not more than 5.0 to 1.0, excluding 

Debentures. Superior’s total debt to compliance EBITDA ratio was 4.1 to 1.0 as at December 31, 2013 and 

3.9 to 1.0 on a before restructuring cost basis. Also, Superior is subject to several distribution tests and the 

most  restrictive  stipulates  that  Distributions  (including  Debenture  holders  and  related  payments)  cannot 

exceed compliance EBITDA less cash income taxes, plus $35.0 million on a trailing 12-month rolling basis. On 

a 12-month rolling basis as at December 31, 2013, Superior’s available distribution amount was $145.0 million 

under the above noted distribution test.

32

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.On December 11, 2013, Standard & Poor’s raised Superior and Superior LP’s long-term corporate credit rating 

to  BB  from  BB-  and  the  senior  secured  debt  rating  to  BBB-  from  BB+.  The  outlook  rating  for  Superior 

remains stable. On July 2, 2013, Dominion Bond Rating Service confirmed Superior LP’s senior secured rating 

of BB (high) and Superior LP’s senior unsecured rating of BB (low). The trend for both ratings is stable.

As  at  December  31,  2013,  Superior  had  an  estimated  defined  benefit  pension  solvency  deficiency  of 

approximately $12.8 million (December 31, 2012 — $36.7 million) and a going concern solvency surplus of 

approximately $11.5 million (December 31, 2012 — (deficiency $6.5) million). Funding requirements required 

by applicable pension legislation are based upon going concern and solvency actuarial assumptions. These 

assumptions  differ  from  the  going  concern  actuarial  assumptions  used  in  Superior’s  financial  statements. 

Superior has sufficient liquidity through existing its Credit Facility and anticipated future operating cash flow 

to fund this deficiency over the prescribed period.

In the normal course of business, Superior is subject to lawsuits and claims. Superior believes the resolution of 

these matters will not have a material adverse effect, individually or in the aggregate, on Superior’s liquidity, 

consolidated financial position or results of operations. Superior records costs as they are incurred or when 

they become determinable.

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

(millions of dollars) 

Note (1) 

Total 

Payments Due In
2015-2016 

2017-2018  

Thereafter

Borrowing (including capital leases) 

Debentures 

Minimum future lease payment 
  under finance leases 
Operating leases (2) 

US$ foreign currency 

forward sales contracts (US$) 

Natural gas, propane, 
  heating oil, and electricity
  purchase commitments (3) 

578.7 

469.4 

79.3 

199.0 

17 

19 

18 

18 

21 

2014 

67.0 

– 

24.8 

39.3 

496.7 

72.7 

39.5 

66.8 

569.4 

219.0 

299.4 

Total contractual obligations 

1,989.0 

21 

93.2 

20.9 

371.0 

36.7 

1,011.8 

(1)  Notes to the consolidated financial statements.
(2)  Operating leases comprise Superior’s off-balance-sheet obligations. 
(3)  Does not include the impact of financial derivatives. See Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements.

11.1 

313.5 

11.1 

92.9 

51.0 

35.6 

515.2 

3.9

83.2

3.9

–

–

–

91.0

33

 2013 Annual Report  
 
 
Shareholders’ Capital

The weighted average number of common shares issued and outstanding was 123.1 million in 2013 compared 

to 111.9 million in 2012, an increase of 11.2 million from the prior year due to the issuance of 13,415,425 common 

shares over the year. The following table provides details:

Average 
Issuance  
Price 
per Share 

Issued 
Number of 
Common 
 Shares (millions)

Closing Date 

As at December 31, 2012 

Issuance of common shares under Superior’s DRIP 

January 15, 2013 through

Issuance of common shares 

As at December 31, 2013  

March 15, 2013 

$10.76 

March 27, 2013 

$11.10 

112.8 

0.4 

13.0 

126.2 

As  at  February  19,  2014,  December  31,  2013  and  December  31,  2012,  the  following  common  shares  and 

securities convertible into common shares were issued and outstanding: 

February 19, 2014 

December 31, 2013 

December 31, 2012

Convertible 
Securities 

– 

– 

$  172.5 

$  150.0 

$  75.0 

$  97.0 

Shares 

126.2 

– 

– 

9.1 

9.9 

6.6 

5.8 

Convertible 
Securities 

– 

– 

$  172.5 

$  150.0 

$  75.0 

$  97.0 

Shares 

126.2 

– 

– 

9.1 

9.9 

6.6 

5.8 

Convertible
Securities 

$  75.0 

$  69.0 

$  172.5 

$  150.0 

$  75.0 

– 

Shares

112.8

2.4

5.3

9.1

9.9

6.6

–

157.6 

 157.6 

146.1

(millions)  

Common shares outstanding 
5.85% Debentures (1) 
7.50% Debentures (2) 
5.75% Debentures (3) 
6.00% Debentures (4) 
7.50% Debentures (5) 
6.00% Debentures (6) 

Common shares 
  outstanding and issuable
  upon conversion  
  of Debentures 

(1)  Convertible at $31.25 per share.
(2)  Convertible at $13.10 per share.
(3)  Convertible at $19.00 per share.
(4)  Convertible at $15.10 per share.
(5)  Convertible at $11.35 per share.
(6)  Convertible at $16.75 per share.

34

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends Paid to Shareholders

Dividends paid to Superior’s shareholders depend on its cash flow from operating activities with consideration 

for  Superior’s  changes  in  working  capital  requirements,  investing  activities  and  financing  activities.  

See “Summary of Adjusted Operating Cash Flow” and “Summary of Cash Flow” for additional details. 

Dividends  paid  to  shareholders  for  2013  were  $73.7  million  (before  DRIP  proceeds  of  $4.9  million)  or  

$0.60  per  share  compared  to  $67.1  million  or  $0.60  per  share  in  2012.  The  increase  of  $6.6  million  was 

due  to  the  issuance  of  shares  under  Superior’s  DRIP  during  2013  and  the  equity  offering  completed  on  

March 27, 2013. Superior’s monthly dividend is $0.05 per share or $0.60 per share on an annualized basis. 

See “Debt Management Update” for further details. Dividends to shareholders are declared at the discretion 

of Superior’s Board of Directors.

Superior’s primary sources and uses of cash are detailed below:

Summary of Cash Flow (1)
 (millions of dollars) 

Cash flow from operating activities  

Investing activities: (2) 

  Purchase of property, plant and equipment 

  Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Investment in supply agreement 

  Acquisitions 

Cash flow used in investing activities 

Financing activities: 

  Net proceeds (repayment) of revolving term bank credits and other debt 

    Redemption of senior unsecured debentures 

    Redemption premium on senior unsecured debentures 

  Repayment of senior secured notes 

  Repayment of finance lease obligation 

  Redemption of 5.75% convertible debentures 

  Redemption of 5.85% convertible debentures 

  Redemption of 7.50% convertible debentures 

  Proceeds from issuance of 6.00% convertible debentures 

Issuance costs incurred on 6.00% convertible debentures 

  Proceeds from issuance of common shares  

Issuance costs on common shares  

  DRIP proceeds  

  Dividends paid to shareholders 

Cash flow used in financing activities 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period 

Effect of translation of foreign-denominated cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period 

(1)  See the consolidated statements of cash flow for additional details. 
(2)  See “Consolidated Capital Expenditure Summary” for additional details.

2013 

185.3 

(78.5) 

6.6 

(4.3) 

(7.6) 

(83.8) 

87.4 

(150.0) 

(6.2) 

(34.0) 

(15.9) 

– 

(75.0) 

(68.9) 

97.0 

(3.8) 

143.9 

(6.3) 

4.9 

(73.7) 

(100.6) 

0.9 

7.6 

(0.2) 

8.3 

2012

273.3

(43.8)

4.5

–

(5.5)

(44.8)

(74.4)

–

–

(31.8)

(16.4)

(49.9)

–

–

–

–

–

–

14.2

(67.1)

(225.4)

3.1

5.2

(0.7)

7.6

35

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
Financial Instruments — Risk Management

Derivative and non-financial derivatives are used by Superior to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign 

currency exchange rates, interest rates, share-based compensation and commodity prices. Superior assesses 

the inherent risks of these instruments by grouping derivative and non-financial derivatives related to the 

exposures these instruments mitigate. Superior’s policy is not to use derivative or non-financial derivative 

instruments for speculative purposes. Superior does not formally designate its derivatives as hedges and, 

as  a  result,  Superior  does  not  apply  hedge  accounting  and  is  required  to  designate  its  derivatives  and  

non-financial derivatives as held for trading.

Energy Services enters into natural gas financial swaps in order to manage its economic exposure of providing 

fixed-price natural gas to its customers and maintains its natural gas swap positions with six counterparties. 

Energy Services monitors its fixed-price natural gas positions on a daily basis to evaluate compliance with 

established  risk  management  policies.  Superior  maintains  a  substantially  balanced  fixed-price  natural  gas 

position in relation to its customer supply commitments. 

Energy Services entered into electricity financial swaps with seven counterparties to manage the economic 

exposure  of  providing  fixed-price  electricity  to  its  customers.  Energy  Services  monitors  its  fixed-price 

electricity  positions  on  a  daily  basis  to  evaluate  compliance  with  established  risk  management  policies. 

Energy Services maintains a substantially balanced fixed-price electricity position in relation to its customer 

supply commitments. 

Energy  Services  entered  into  various  propane  forward  purchase  and  sale  agreements  with  more  than  

20 counterparties to manage the economic exposure of its wholesale customer supply contracts. Energy 

Services monitors its fixed-price propane positions on a daily basis to monitor compliance with established 

risk  management  policies.  Energy  Services  maintains  a  substantially  balanced  fixed-price  propane  gas 

position in relation to its wholesale customer supply commitments. 

Superior,  on  behalf  of  its  operating  divisions,  entered  into  foreign  currency  forward  contracts  with  

12  counterparties  to  manage  the  economic  exposure  of  its  operations  to  movements  in  foreign  currency 

exchange  rates.  Energy  Services  contracts  a  portion  of  its  fixed-price  natural  gas,  propane  and  heating 

oil purchases and sales in U.S. dollars and enters into forward U.S. dollar purchase contracts to create an 

effective Canadian dollar fixed-price purchase cost. Specialty Chemicals enters into U.S. dollar forward sales 

contracts on an ongoing basis to mitigate the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations on sales margins on 

production from its Canadian plants that is sold in U.S. dollars. Interest expense on Superior’s U.S. dollar debt 

is also used to mitigate the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations. 

36

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.As  at  December  31,  2013,  Superior  had  hedged  approximately  86%  of  its  estimated  U.S.  dollar  exposure 

for  2014.  The  estimated  sensitivity  of  adjusted  operating  cash  flow  for  Superior,  including  divisional  U.S. 

exposures  and  the  impact  on  U.S.-denominated  debt  with  respect  to  a  $0.01  change  in  the  Canadian  to 

United States exchange rate for 2014, is $0.2 million after giving effect to U.S. dollar forward contracts for 

2014, as shown in the table below. Superior’s sensitivities and guidance are based on an anticipated average 

Canadian to U.S. dollar foreign currency exchange rate for 2014 of 1.05.

2016 

2017 

2019 and
2018  Thereafter 

(US$ millions except exchange rates) 

Energy Services – US$ forward sales 

Construction Products Distribution – 
  US$ forward sales 

Specialty Chemicals – US$ forward sales 

Corporate – US$ forward purchases 

2014 

26.0 

12.0 

181.0 

(27.0) 

2015 

26.0 

12.0 

148.0 

– 

– 

12.0 

101.4 

– 

Net US$ forward sales 

192.0 

186.0 

113.4 

Energy Services – Average US$ 

forward sales rate 

Construction Products Distribution – 
  Average US$ forward sales rate 

Specialty Chemicals – Average 
  US$ forward sales rate 

Corporate – US$ forward purchases rate 

Net average external 
  US$/CDN$ exchange rate 

1.01 

1.01 

– 

1.00 

1.00 

1.03 

1.03 

1.01 

1.02 

– 

1.04 

– 

1.04 

– 

1.02 

1.01 

1.04 

1.04 

– 

– 

51.0 

– 

51.0 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Total

52.0

36.0

481.4

(27.0)

542.4

1.01

1.01

1.03

1.01

1.02

Superior has interest rate swaps with four counterparties to manage the interest rate mix of its total debt 

portfolio and related overall cost of borrowing. Superior manages its overall liquidity risk in relation to its 

general funding requirements by utilizing a mix of short-term and longer-term debt instruments. Superior 

reviews its mix of short-term and longer-term debt instruments on an ongoing basis to ensure it is able to 

meet its liquidity requirements. 

Superior  utilizes  a  variety  of  counterparties  in  relation  to  its  derivative  and  non-financial  derivative 

instruments in order to mitigate its counterparty risk. Superior assesses the creditworthiness of its significant 

counterparties at the inception and throughout the term of a contract. Superior is also exposed to customer 

credit  risk.  Energy  Services  and  Construction  Products  Distribution  deal  with  a  large  number  of  small 

customers,  thereby  reducing  this  risk.  Specialty  Chemicals,  due  to  the  nature  of  its  operations,  sells  its 

products to a relatively small number of customers. Specialty Chemicals mitigates its customer credit risk 

by  actively  monitoring  the  overall  creditworthiness  of  its  customers.  Energy  Services’  fixed-price  energy 

services business has minimal exposure to customer credit risk as local natural gas and electricity distribution 

utilities have been mandated, for a nominal fee, to provide invoicing, collection and the assumption of bad 

debt risk for residential and small commercial customers. Fixed-price energy services actively monitors the 

creditworthiness of its direct-billed industrial customers. All of Superior’s business segments have credit risk 

policies to minimize credit exposure.

For additional details on Superior’s financial instruments, including the amount and classification of gains and 

losses recorded in Superior’s year-end consolidated financial statements, summary of fair values, notional 

balances, effective rates and terms, and significant assumptions used in the calculation of the fair value of 

Superior’s financial instruments, see Note 22 to the audited consolidated financial statements. 

37

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sensitivity Analysis

Superior’s estimated cash flow sensitivity in 2013 to various changes is provided below:

Change 

Change 

Impact on 
AOCF 

Per Share

Energy Services

Change in propane sales margin 

Change in propane sales volume 

Change in U.S. refined fuels sales margin 

$0.005/litre 

50 million litres 

$0.005/litre 

Change in U.S. refined fuels sales volume  

50 million litres 

Change in natural gas sales margin 

Change in natural gas sales volume 

Specialty Chemicals  

Change in sales price 

Change in sales volume 

Construction Products Distribution 

Change in sales margin 

$0.10/GJ 

2 million GJ 

$10.00/MT 

15,000 MT 

1% change in average  
gross margin 

Change in sales volume 

5% change in sales volume 

3% 

4% 

6% 

3% 

18% 

11% 

1% 

2% 

4% 

5% 

$6.7 million 

$8.3 million 

$8.2 million 

$3.5 million 

$1.9 million 

$1.1 million 

$8.3 million 

$4.6 million 

$7.6 million 

$4.8 million 

Corporate

Change in CDN$/US$ exchange rate 

Corporate change in interest rates  

$0.01 

0.5% 

1% 

17% 

$0.2 million 

$1.3 million 

$0.05

$0.07

$0.07

$0.03

$0.02

$0.01

$0.07

$0.04

$0.06

$0.04

$nil

$0.01

Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Internal Controls Over  
Financial Reporting

Disclosure controls and procedures are designed by or designed under the supervision of Superior’s President 

and  Chief  Executive  Officer  (CEO)  and  the  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  (CFO)  in 

order to provide reasonable assurance that all material information relating to Superior is communicated to 

them by others in the organization as it becomes known and is appropriately disclosed as required under 

the continuous disclosure requirements of securities legislation and regulation. In essence, these types of 

controls  are  related  to  the  quality  and  timeliness  of  financial  and  non-financial  information  in  securities 

filings.  The  CEO  and  CFO  are  assisted  in  this  responsibility  by  a  Disclosure  Committee  (DC),  which  is 

composed of senior managers of Superior. The DC has established procedures so that it becomes aware of 

any material information affecting Superior in order to evaluate and discuss this information and determine 

the appropriateness and timing of its public release. An evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and 

operation of Superior’s disclosure controls and procedures was conducted as at December 31, 2013 by and 

under the supervision of Superior’s management, including the CEO and CFO. Based on this evaluation, the 

CEO  and  CFO  have  concluded  that  Superior’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  as  defined  in  National 

Instrument 52-109, Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings (NI 51-109), are effective 

to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports that are filed or submitted under Canadian 

securities  legislation  and  regulation  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  times 

specified in those rules and forms.

38

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
 
 
 
Superior’s management, including the CEO and CFO, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate 

internal control over financial reporting to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 

reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS.

The  evaluation  of  the  design  of  Superior’s  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  was  conducted  as  at 

December 31, 2013 by and under the supervision of Superior’s management, including the CEO and CFO. 

Based on this evaluation, the CEO and CFO have concluded that the design of Superior’s internal controls 

over financial reporting, as defined in NI 52-109, provides reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 

financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS. 

The evaluation of the effectiveness of Superior’s internal controls over financial reporting was conducted as 

at December 31, 2013 by and under the supervision of Superior’s management, including the CEO and CFO. 

Based on this evaluation, the CEO and CFO have concluded that Superior’s internal controls over financial 

reporting, as defined in NI 52-109, were effective at December 31, 2013.

The Canadian propane business information technology system implementation (see System Conversion) 

commenced during the third quarter of 2013 and management has concluded that the change materially 

affected Superior’s internal controls over financial reporting. Superior’s management team has participated 

at all levels of planning and execution of the IT system and has concluded that no material deficiency has 

resulted  from  this  change  to  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting.  The  planning  and  execution  of  the 

system transition will continue to be overseen by senior management with involvement by the President and 

VP Finance of the business and the certifying officers.

No changes were made in Superior’s internal controls over financial reporting that have materially affected, 

or are reasonably likely to materially affect, Superior’s internal control over financial reporting in the year 

ended December 31, 2013.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Superior’s audited consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS. The significant 

accounting  policies  are  described  in  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended 

December  31,  2013.  Certain  of  these  accounting  policies,  as  well  as  estimates  made  by  management  in 

applying such policies, are recognized as critical because they require management to make subjective or 

complex  judgments  about  matters  that  are  inherently  uncertain.  Superior’s  critical  accounting  estimates 

relate  to  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  employee  future  benefits,  future  income  tax  assets  and 

liabilities, the valuation of derivatives and non-financial derivatives, asset impairments and the assessment of 

potential asset retirement obligations.

39

 2013 Annual ReportCritical Accounting Estimates

Superior’s significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. 

Certain  of  these  policies  involve  critical  accounting  estimates  because  they  require  Superior  to  make 

particularly subjective or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because of the 

likelihood that materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different 

assumptions. Superior constantly evaluates these estimates and assumptions.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Superior  expects  that  a  certain  portion  of  required  customer  payments  will  not  be  made  and  maintains 

an allowance for these doubtful accounts. This allowance is based on Superior’s estimate of the likelihood 

of  recovering  its  accounts  receivable.  It  incorporates  current  and  expected  collection  trends.  If  economic 

conditions change, actual results or specific industry trends differ from Superior’s expectations, Superior will 

adjust its allowance for doubtful accounts and its bad debt expense accordingly.

Employee Future Benefits

The accrued benefit obligation is determined by independent actuaries using the projected benefit method 

prorated on service and based on management’s best economic and demographic estimates. The benefit 

relates to Superior’s defined benefit plans. The expected return on plan assets is determined by considering 

long-term historical returns, future estimates of long-term investment returns and asset allocations.

Asset Impairment

Superior  reviews  long-lived  assets  and  intangible  assets  with  finite  lives  whenever  events  or  changes  in 

circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of such assets may not be fully recoverable. Determination 

of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flow, and measurement of an impairment 

loss is based on the fair value of the assets.

Goodwill is not amortized, but is assessed for impairment at the reporting unit level annually, or sooner if 

events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount could exceed fair value. Goodwill is 

assessed for impairment using a two-step approach, with the first step being to assess whether the fair value 

of the reporting unit to which the goodwill is assigned is less than its carrying value. If this is the case, a 

second impairment test is performed which requires a comparison of the fair value of goodwill to its carrying 

amount. If fair value is less than the carrying value, goodwill is considered to be impaired and an impairment 

charge would be recognized immediately. 

Valuation of Derivatives and Non-Financial Derivatives

The valuation of derivatives and non-financial derivatives is determined by reference to quoted bid or asking 

prices, as appropriate, in the most advantageous active market for that instrument to which Superior has 

immediate access. Where bid and ask prices are unavailable, Superior uses the closing price of the most recent 

transaction of the instrument. In the absence of an active market, Superior determines fair value based on 

prevailing market rates (bid and ask prices, as appropriate) for instruments with similar characteristics and 

risk profiles or internal or external valuation models, such as discounted cash flow analysis, using observable 

market-based inputs. 

40

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.Fair values determined using valuation models require assumptions concerning the amount and timing of 

estimated future cash flow and discount rates. In determining these assumptions, Superior looks primarily 

to external, readily observable market inputs including interest rate yield curves, currency rates, and price 

and rate volatilities as applicable. With respect to the valuation of Specialty Chemicals’ fixed-price electricity 

agreements, Superior makes assumptions about the long-term price of electricity in electricity markets for 

which  active  market  information  is  not  available.  This  assumption  has  a  material  impact  on  the  fair  value 

of  these  agreements.  Any  changes  in  the  fair  values  of  financial  instruments  classified  or  designated  as  

held-for-trading are measured at fair value and are recognized in net income.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Certain new standards, interpretations, amendments or improvements to existing standards were issued by 

the IASB or the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) that are mandatory for 

accounting periods beginning on January 1, 2013 or later. The affected standards that apply to Superior are 

as follows:

IFRS 9 — Financial Instruments: Classification and Measurement

IFRS  9,  Financial  Instruments,  was  issued  in  November  2009  and  is  intended  to  replace  International 

Accounting Standard (IAS) 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. IFRS 9 uses a single 

approach to determine whether a financial asset is measured at amortized cost or fair value, replacing the 

multiple rules in IAS 39. The approach in IFRS 9 is based on how an entity manages its financial instruments 

in  the  context  of  its  business  model  and  the  contractual  cash  flow  characteristics  of  the  financial  assets. 

The new standard also requires a single impairment method to be used, replacing the multiple impairment 

methods in IAS 39. Requirements for financial liabilities were added in October 2010 and they largely carried 

forward  existing  requirements  in  IAS  39,  except  that  fair  value  changes  due  to  credit  risk  for  liabilities 

designated at fair value through profit and loss would generally be recorded in other comprehensive income. 

This  standard  must  be  applied  for  accounting  periods  beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  2017,  with  earlier 

adoption permitted. Superior is assessing the effect of IFRS 9 on its financial results and financial position; 

changes, if any, are not expected to be material.

International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) 21, Levies

IFRIC  21,  Levies,  issued  on  May  20,  2013  provides  guidance  on  when  to  recognize  a  liability  for  a  levy 

imposed  by  a  government,  both  for  levies  that  are  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  IAS  37  Provisions, 

Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets and those where the timing and amount of the levy is certain. 

The  Interpretation  covers  the  accounting  for  outflows  imposed  on  entities  by  governments  (including 

government agencies and similar bodies) in accordance with laws and/or regulations. However, it does not 

include income taxes (see IAS 12 Income Taxes), fines and other penalties, liabilities arising from emissions 

trading schemes and outflows within the scope of other Standards. It also provides the following guidance 

on  recognition  of  a  liability  to  pay  levies:  the  liability  is  recognized  progressively  if  the  obligating  event 

occurs over a period of time and if an obligation is triggered on reaching a minimum threshold, the liability is 

recognized when that minimum threshold is reached. This standard must be applied for accounting periods 

beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  2014,  with  retrospective  application  from  December  31,  2012.  Superior  is 

assessing the effect of IFRIC 21 on its financial results and financial position; changes, if any, are not expected 

to be material to Superior’s annual results although significant changes may result on a quarterly basis.

41

 2013 Annual ReportSuperior adopted the following on January 1, 2013:

IFRS 7 — Financial Instruments: Disclosures, Amendments 

The  amendments  to  IFRS  7  require  entities  to  disclose  information  about  rights  of  offset  and  related 

arrangements (such as collateral posting requirements under an enforceable master netting agreement or 

similar arrangement). Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance 

sheet  when  Superior  has  the  legally  enforceable  right  to  set-off  the  recognized  amounts  and  there  is  an 

intention  to  settle  on  a  net  basis  or  realize  the  asset  and  settle  the  liability  simultaneously.  This  standard 

must  be  applied  for  accounting  periods  beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  2013.  Superior  adopted  IFRS  7 

amendments on January 1, 2013, with retrospective application from December 31, 2012 with no impact to 

its financial results.

IFRS 7 — Financial Instruments: Disclosures, Amendments Regarding Disclosures —  
Transfer of Financial Assets

The December 2011 changes by the IASB and the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) to IFRS 7 

require quantitative and qualitative disclosure regarding transfers of financial assets when the transferred 

assets are not derecognized in their entirety or the transferor retains continuing managerial involvement. The 

amendment also requires disclosure of supplementary information if a substantial portion of the total amount 

of the transfer activity occurs in the closing days of a reporting period. Superior adopted the amendments 

on January 1, 2012, with no impact to Superior. 

IFRS 10 — Consolidated Financial Statements

IFRS 10 establishes principles for the presentation and preparation of consolidated financial statements when 

an entity controls one or more other entities. IFRS 10 requires an entity to consolidate an investee when it 

is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to 

affect those returns through its power over the investee. Under existing IFRS, consolidation is required when 

an entity has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits 

from its activities. The revised standard was effective for Superior on January 1, 2013. Superior adopted the 

amendments on January 1, 2013, with no impact to Superior.

IFRS 11 — Joint Arrangements

IFRS 11 requires a venture to classify its interest in a joint arrangement as a joint venture or joint operation. 

Joint ventures will be accounted for using the equity method, whereas joint operations will require the venture 

to recognize its share of the assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. This standard became applicable on 

January 1, 2013. Superior adopted the amendments on January 1, 2013, with no impact to Superior.

IFRS 12 — Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities

IFRS  12  establishes  disclosure  requirements  for  interests  in  other  entities,  such  as  joint  arrangements, 

associates,  special  purpose  vehicles  and  off-balance-sheet  vehicles.  The  standard  carries  forward  

existing disclosure and introduces significant additional disclosure requirements that address the nature of, 

and risks associated with, an entity’s interests in other entities. This standard became effective for Superior 

on January 1, 2013. Superior adopted the amendments on January 1, 2013, with no impact to Superior.

42

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.IFRS 13 — Fair Value Measurement

IFRS 13 defines fair value, sets out a single IFRS framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosure 

about  fair  value  measurements.  IFRS  13  applies  to  accounting  standards  that  require  or  permit  fair  value 

measurements or disclosure about fair value measurements (and measurements, such as fair value less costs 

to  sell,  based  on  fair  value  or  disclosure  about  those  measurements),  except  in  specified  circumstances.  

IFRS 13 became applicable on January 1, 2013. Superior adopted the amendments on January 1, 2013, with 

no impact to Superior.

IAS 1 — Presentation of Other Comprehensive Income

The  amendments  to  IAS  1,  Presentation  of  Financial  Statements,  issued  in  June  2011,  require  entities  to 

group items presented in other comprehensive income on the basis of whether they might be reclassified 

to the consolidated statement of income in subsequent periods and items that will not be reclassified to the 

consolidated  statement  of  income.  The  amendments  did  not  address  which  items  are  presented  in  other 

comprehensive  income  and  did  not  change  the  option  to  present  items  net  of  tax.  The  amendments  to  

IAS 1 became effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2012, which was January 1, 2013 for 

Superior, and are to be applied retrospectively. Superior adopted the amendments on January 1, 2013, with 

no impact to Superior.

IAS 12 — Income Taxes, Amendments Regarding Deferred Tax: Recovery of Underlying Assets

IAS  12  was  amended  in  December  2010  to  remove  subjectivity  in  determining  on  which  basis  an  entity 

measures  the  deferred  tax  relating  to  an  asset.  The  amendment  introduced  a  presumption  that  an  entity  

will  assess  whether  an  asset’s  sale  will  recover  its  carrying  amount.  Superior’s  adoption  of  IAS  12  on  

January 1, 2012 did not affect Superior’s financial results or financial position.

IAS 19 — Employee Benefits, Amendments

IAS 19 amendments were issued in June 2011 that changed the accounting and disclosure for defined benefit 

plans  and  termination  benefits.  This  standard  requires  that  the  changes  in  defined  benefit  obligations 

are  recognized  as  they  occur,  eliminating  the  corridor  approach  and  accelerating  the  recognition  of  past 

service costs. The changes in defined benefit obligations and plan assets are to be disaggregated into three 

components: service costs, net interest on the net defined benefit liabilities (assets) and re-measurements of 

the net defined benefit liabilities (assets). This standard must be applied for accounting periods beginning 

on or after January 1, 2013. Superior adopted IAS 19 on January 1, 2013, with retrospective application from 

January 1, 2012. Under the retrospective application of the new standard, the financial impact is an increase 

of  $3.1  million  to  pension  expense  and  a  corresponding  decrease  to  accumulated  other  comprehensive 

loss  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012.  The  impact  on  Superior’s  balance  sheet  as  at  January  1,  2012  

is  a  $4.0  million  increase  to  deficit,  a  $0.1  million  decrease  in  employee  benefit  obligations  and  a  

corresponding decrease to accumulated other comprehensive loss of $4.1 million. The impact on the year end 

December 31, 2012 was an increase in selling, distribution and administrative costs of $3.1 million, respectively. 

See below for the quarterly impact to AOCF in 2012.

43

 2013 Annual ReportReconciliation of the Retrospective Impact of IAS 19

AOCF as reported under IFRS in 2012 

IAS 19 quarterly impact: 

  Q1 decrease in AOCF 

  Q2 decrease in AOCF 

  Q3 decrease in AOCF 

  Q4 decrease in AOCF 

AOCF as revised for 2012 

Selected Financial Information

(millions of dollars except per share amounts) 

Total assets (as at December 31) 

Revenues 

Gross profit 

Net earnings  

Per share, basic   

Per share, diluted 

Cash flow from operating activities  

Adjusted operating cash flow 

Per share, basic 

Per share, diluted 

Adjusted operating cash flow before restructuring costs 

Per share before restructuring costs, basic  

Per share before restructuring costs, diluted 

Cash dividends per share 
Current and long-term borrowing (1) (as at December 31) 

Millions of Dollars 

Per Share

193.5 

$  1.73 

(0.8) 

(0.8) 

(0.8) 

(0.7) 

$  (0.01)

$  (0.01)

$  (0.01)

– 

190.4 

$  1.70 

2013 

2,141.1 

3,752.8 

868.3 

52.7 

$  0.43 

$  0.40 

185.3 

192.3 

    $  1.56 

$  1.53 

207.6 

$  1.69 

$  1.64 

$  0.60 

578.7 

2012 (2(3) 

2,032.1

3,624.3

846.3

90.0

$  0.80

$  0.80

273.3

190.4

$  1.70

$  1.66

200.4

$  1.79

$  1.74

$  0.60

639.6

(1)  Current and long-term borrowing before deferred financing fees, option value and accounts receivable securitization and Debentures.
(2)  The year ended December 31, 2012 was restated for the impact of adopting IAS 19, Employee Benefits, amendments effective January 1, 2013. 
(3)  December 31, 2012 was restated for the impact of a prior period adjustment. Refer to Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements. 

Fourth Quarter Results

Fourth quarter adjusted operating cash flow (before restructuring costs of $14.2 million) was $70.1 million, an 

increase of $4.2 million or 6% from the prior year quarter. The increase in adjusted operating cash flow was 

primarily due to higher operating results at Specialty Chemicals and lower interest costs. Adjusted operating 

cash flow (before restructuring costs) of $0.56 per share, decreased by $0.03 per share from the prior year 

quarter due to a 12% increase in the weighted average number of shares outstanding offset in part by the 

increase  in  adjusted  operating  cash  flow  as  previously  noted.  The  average  number  of  shares  outstanding 

increased in 2013 as a result of shares issued from Superior’s DRIP and the completion of an equity offering 

on March 27, 2013 for gross proceeds of $137.6 million and 13.0 million shares.

44

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
The net loss for the fourth quarter was $10.9 million, compared to net earnings of $13.5 million in the prior 

year quarter. Net earnings were reduced mainly by higher restructuring costs and impairments offset in part 

by a lower unrealized derivative financial instrument losses and a higher income tax recovery.  The decrease 

in  unrealized  losses  on  derivative  financial  instruments  was  principally  due  to  lower  losses  in  the  fourth 

quarter on Superior’s foreign currency financial derivatives compared to the prior year quarter as a result 

of fluctuations in the spot and forward price for U.S. dollars. An intangible asset and goodwill impairment 

charge of $15.5 million was recognized during 2013 within the U.S. refined fuels business due to reductions 

in  the  short-term  forecast  for  the  business  and  challenging  wholesale  market  conditions.  Revenue  of  

$1,034.7 million was $100.7 million higher than in the prior year’s quarter due to increased Energy Services’ 

revenue as a result of higher propane prices and sales volumes and increased Specialty Chemicals’ revenue 

due  to  higher  sales  volumes  and  pricing.  Gross  profit  of  $240.8  million  was  $12.6  million  higher  than  in 

the prior year quarter primarily due to increased Energy Services’ gross profits due in turn to higher sales 

volumes and gross margins and higher Construction Products Distribution gross profits due to higher gross 

margins. Operating expenses of $200.9 million in the fourth quarter were $22.3 million higher than in the prior 

year quarter due to increased operating expenses associated with higher sales volumes and restructuring 

costs incurred at Construction Products Distribution and Energy Services. Total income tax recovery for the  

fourth quarter was $7.2 million compared to income tax recovery of $0.9 million in the prior year quarter. The 

increase in income tax recovery was due to lower net earnings in the fourth quarter of 2013 than the prior 

year quarter.

Quarterly Financial and Operating Information 

(millions of dollars except 
per share amounts) 

Canadian propane sales volumes 

2013 Quarters 

2012 Quarters (2)(3)

Fourth 

Third 

Second 

First 

Fourth 

Third 

Second 

First

(millions of litres) 

405 

232 

265 

429 

383 

240 

255 

413 

U.S. refined fuels sales volumes 

(millions of litres) 

411 

326 

383 

512 

428 

335 

363 

473 

Natural gas sales volumes 

(millions of GJs) 

Electricity sales volumes 

(millions of KWh) 

Chemical sales volumes 
(thousands of MT) 

Revenues 
Gross profit 
Net earnings (loss) 
Per share, basic 
Per share, diluted 
Adjusted operating cash flow 
Per share, basic 
Per share, diluted 
Adjusted operating cash flow 
  before restructuring costs 
Per share, basic 

Per share, diluted 
Net working capital (1) 
(millions of dollars) 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

228 

249 

205 

205 

200 

245 

187 

185 

199 

204 
813.8 
184.9 
35.9 

220 
1,034.7 
240.8 
10.9 

203 
854.4  1,049.9 
253.1 
190.0 
31.4 
(25.5) 

200 
934.0 
228.2 
13.5 
$  0.09  $  0.28  $      (0.20)  $  0.28  $  0.12 
$  0.05  $  0.12  $      (0.20)  $  0.27  $  0.12 
61.9 
$  0.44  $  0.19  $  0.24  $  0.72  $  0.55 
$  0.43  $  0.19  $  0.24  $  0.69  $  0.53 

82.0 

30.2 

55.9 

24.2 

70.1 

65.9 
$  0.56  $  0.19  $  0.24  $  0.72  $  0.59 

24.4 

30.9 

82.2 

193 
790.1 
195.9 
35.9 
$  0.32 
$  0.29 
33.7 
$  0.30 
$  0.30 

190 
834.3 
184.1 
12.7 
$  0.11 
$  0.11 
28.2 
$  0.25 
$  0.25 

188 
1,065.9 
238.1 
27.9 
$  0.25 
$  0.24 
66.6 
$  0.60 
$  0.60 

37.3 
$  0.33 

29.3 
$  0.26 

67.9 
$  0.61 

$  0.54  $  0.19  $  0.24  $  0.72  $  0.57 

$  0.33 

$  0.26 

$  0.61 

293.1 

202.0 

242.3 

280.5 

279.2 

218.3 

234.4 

325.3 

(1)  Net working capital reflects amounts as at the quarter-end and is comprised of accounts receivable and inventories, less trade and other payables and 

deferred revenue.

(2)  Superior’s 2012 quarterly results were restated for the adoption of IAS 19 Employee Benefits, amendments.
(3)  December 31, 2012 was restated for the impact of a prior period adjustment. Refer to Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements.

45

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward-Looking Information

Certain  information  included  herein  is  forward-looking  information  within  the  meaning  of  applicable 

Canadian  securities  laws.  Forward-looking  information  may  include  statements  regarding  the  objectives, 

business strategies to achieve those objectives, expected financial results (including those in the area of risk 

management), economic  or market conditions,  and the outlook  of or involving Superior, Superior LP and 

its businesses. Such information is typically identified by words such as “anticipate”, “believe”, “continue”, 

“could”,  “estimate”,  “expect”,  “plan”,  “intend”,  “forecast”,  “future”,  “guidance”,  “may”,  “predict”,  “project”, 

“should”, “strategy”, “target”, “will” or similar expressions suggesting future outcomes.

Forward-looking information in this document includes: future financial position, consolidated and business 

segment outlooks, expected EBITDA from operations, expected adjusted operating cash flow (AOCF) and 

AOCF per share, expected leverage ratios and debt repayment, debt management summary, expectations 

in  terms  of  the  cost  of  operations,  capital  spending  and  maintenance  and  the  variability  of  these  costs, 

business strategy and objectives, development plans and programs, business expansion and improvement 

projects, expected timing of commercial production and the costs and benefits associated therewith, market 

conditions in Canada and the U.S., expected tax consequences of the Conversion, the expected challenge by 

the CRA of the tax consequences of the Conversion (and the expected timing and impact of such process 

including  any  payment  of  taxes  and  the  quantum  of  such  payments),  future  income  taxes,  the  impact  of 

proposed  changes  to  Canadian  tax  legislation  or  U.S.  tax  legislation,  future  economic  conditions,  future 

exchange rates and exposure to such rates, dividend strategy, payout ratio, expected weather, expectations 

in respect to the global economic environment, Superior’s trading strategy and the risk involved in executing 

it, the impact of certain hedges on future reported earnings and cash flows, commodity prices and costs, 

the impact of contracts for commodities, demand for propane, heating oil and similar products, demand for 

chemicals including sodium chlorate and chloralkali, effect of operational and technological improvements, 

anticipated costs and benefits of restructuring activities, business enterprise system upgrade plans, future 

working  capital,  expected  government  regulatory  regimes  and  legislation  and  their  expected  impact  on 

Superior’s  compliance  costs,  expectations  for  the  outcome  of  existing  or  potential  legal  and  contractual 

claims, Superior’s ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms, expected life of facilities and statements 

regarding net working capital and capital expenditure requirements of Superior or Superior Plus LP. 

Forward-looking  information  is  provided  for  the  purpose  of  providing  information  about  management’s 

expectations and plans about the future and may not be appropriate for other purposes. Forward-looking 

information herein is based on various assumptions and expectations that Superior believes are reasonable 

in  the  circumstances.  No  assurance  can  be  given  that  these  assumptions  and  expectations  will  prove  to 

be correct. Those assumptions and expectations are based on information currently available to Superior, 

including  information  obtained  from  third-party  industry  analysts  and  other  third-party  sources,  and  the 

historical performance of Superior’s businesses. Such assumptions include anticipated financial performance, 

current business and economic trends, the amount of future dividends paid by Superior, business prospects, 

availability  and  utilization  of  tax  basis,  regulatory  developments,  currency,  exchange  and  interest  rates, 

trading data, cost estimates, Superior’s ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms, the assumptions set 

forth under the “Financial Outlook” sections of this MD&A and are subject to the risks and uncertainties set 

forth on subsequent pages.

46

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.By  its  very  nature,  forward-looking  information  involves  numerous  assumptions,  risks  and  uncertainties, 

general and specific. Should one or more of these risks and uncertainties materialize or should underlying 

assumptions prove incorrect, as many important factors are beyond Superior’s control, Superior’s or Superior 

LP’s  actual  performance  and  financial  results  may  vary  materially  from  those  estimates  and  intentions 

contemplated, expressed or implied in the forward-looking information. These risks and uncertainties include 

incorrect assessments of value when making acquisitions, increases in debt service charges, the loss of key 

personnel, fluctuations in foreign currency and exchange rates, inadequate insurance coverage, liability for 

cash taxes, counterparty risk, compliance with environmental laws and regulations, operational risks involving 

Superior’s facilities, force majeure, labour relations matters, Superior’s ability to access external sources of 

debt and equity capital, and the risks identified in (i) this MD&A under Risk Factors and (ii) Superior’s most 

recent Annual Information Form. The preceding list of assumptions, risks and uncertainties is not exhaustive.

When relying on Superior’s forward-looking information to make decisions with respect to Superior, investors 

and  others  should  carefully  consider  the  preceding  factors,  other  uncertainties  and  potential  events.  Any 

forward-looking information is provided as of the date of this MD&A and, except as required by law, neither 

Superior  nor  Superior  LP  undertakes  to  update  or  revise  such  information  to  reflect  new  information, 

subsequent  or  otherwise.  For  the  reasons  set  forth  above,  investors  should  not  place  undue  reliance  on 

forward-looking information.

Non-IFRS Financial Measures

Adjusted Operating Cash Flow

AOCF  is  equal  to  cash  flow  from  operating  activities  as  defined  by  IFRS,  adjusted  for  changes  in  non-

cash working capital, other expenses, non-cash interest expense, current income taxes and finance costs. 

Superior  may  deduct  or  include  additional  items  in  its  calculation  of  AOCF;  these  items  would  generally, 

but  not  necessarily,  be  items  of  a  non-recurring  nature.  AOCF  is  the  main  performance  measure  used  by 

management and investors to evaluate Superior’s performance. Readers are cautioned that it is not a defined 

performance measure under IFRS and cannot be assured. Superior’s calculation of AOCF may differ from 

similar calculations used by comparable entities. AOCF represents cash flow generated by Superior that is 

available for, but not necessarily limited to, changes in working capital requirements, investing activities and 

financing activities of Superior. 

The  seasonality  of  Superior’s  individual  quarterly  results  must  be  assessed  in  the  context  of  annualized 

AOCF. Adjustments recorded by Superior as part of its calculation of AOCF include, but are not limited to, 

the impact of the seasonality of Superior’s businesses, principally the Energy Services’ segment, by adjusting 

for non-cash working capital items, thereby eliminating the impact of the timing between the recognition 

and collection/payment of Superior’s revenues and expenses, which can differ significantly from quarter to 

quarter. Adjustments are also made to reclassify the cash flow related to natural gas and electricity customer 

contract-related costs in a manner consistent with the income statement’s recognition of these costs. AOCF 

is reconciled to net cash flow from operating activities on page 9.

EBITDA 

EBITDA  represents  earnings  before  taxes,  depreciation,  amortization,  finance  expense  and  certain  other 

non-cash  expenses,  and  is  used  by  Superior  to  assess  its  consolidated  results  and  those  of  its  operating 

segments. EBITDA is not a defined performance measure under IFRS. Superior’s calculation of EBITDA may 

differ from similar calculations used by comparable entities. The EBITDA of Superior’s operating segments 

may be referred to as EBITDA from operations. Net earnings before income taxes are reconciled to EBITDA 

from operations on page 48.

47

 2013 Annual ReportCompliance EBITDA 

Compliance  EBITDA  represents  earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation,  amortization  and  certain 

other  non-cash  expenses  calculated  on  a  12-month  trailing  basis,  giving  pro  forma  effect  to  acquisitions 

and divestitures, and is used by Superior to calculate compliance with its debt covenants and other credit 

information. Compliance EBITDA is not a defined performance measure under IFRS. Superior’s calculation 

of compliance EBITDA may differ from similar calculations used by comparable entities. See Note 23 to the 

audited consolidated financial statements for a reconciliation of net earnings to compliance EBITDA.

Payout Ratio 

Payout ratio represents dividends as a percentage of AOCF less other capital expenditures, and is used by 

Superior to assess its financial results and leverage. Payout ratio is not a defined performance measure under 

IFRS. Superior’s calculation of payout ratio may differ from similar calculations used by comparable entities.

Reconciliation of Net Earnings before Income Taxes to EBITDA  
from Operations (1)(2) 

2013 (millions of dollars) 

Net earnings before income taxes 

Add:  Depreciation included in selling, distribution, and 

  administrative costs and amortization of intangible assets 

Depreciation included in cost of sales 

Customer contract-related costs 

(Gains) losses on disposal of assets 

Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill 

Restructuring costs 

Finance expense 

Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments 

EBITDA from operations 

2012 (millions of dollars) 

Net earnings before income taxes (3)  

Add:  Depreciation included in selling, distribution, 

  and administrative costs and amortization of intangible assets  

Depreciation included in cost of sales 

Customer contract-related costs 

Losses on disposal of assets  

Impairment of property, plant and equipment 

Restructuring costs 

Finance expense 

Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments 

EBITDA from operations 

Energy 
Services 

94.5 

55.1 

− 

(0.8) 

(3.2) 

15.5 

9.1 

2.7 

(35.4) 

137.5 

Energy  
Services 

111.7 

56.7 

− 

(1.1) 

0.2 

4.7 

3.5 

4.5 

(43.8) 

136.4 

Specialty 
Chemicals 

72.1 

− 

41.3 

− 

0.2 

− 

− 

0.4 

(0.3) 

Construction
Products
Distribution

20.3

6.0

−

−

0.1

−

6.2

0.6

−

113.7 

33.2

Specialty 
Chemicals 

75.2 

6.3 

44.9 

− 

0.6 

− 

− 

0.3 

(1.6) 

Construction
Products
Distribution

13.8

6.1

−

−

0.2

−

6.5

0.7

−

125.7 

27.3

(1)  See the audited consolidated financial statements for net earnings before income taxes, depreciation of property, plant and equipment, intangible 
assets and accretion of convertible debenture issuance costs, depreciation included in cost of sales, customer contract-related costs and unrealized 
gains or losses on derivative financial instruments.

(2)  See “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for additional details.
(3)  The year ended December 31, 2012 was restated for the impact of adopting IAS 19, Employee Benefits, amendments effective January 1, 2013. 

48

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
Reconciliation of Divisional Segmented Revenue, Cost of Sales and  
Cash Operating and Administrative Costs Included in this MD&A

2013 

2012

Energy  
Services 

  Construction 
Specialty 
Products  
Chemicals  Distribution 

Energy  
Services 

Specialty 
Chemicals 

  Construction
Products
Distribution

Revenue per financial statements 

2,372.9 

579.7 

800.2 

2,301.6 

543.8 

778.9

  Foreign currency gains (losses)

related to working capital 

− 

2.9 

− 

− 

Revenue per the MD&A 

2,372.9 

582.6 

800.2 

2,301.6 

(1.6) 

542.2 

−

778.9

Cost of products sold per  
  financial statements 

  Non-cash amortization  

Cost of products sold 
  per the MD&A 

(1,907.7) 

(372.1) 

(604.2) 

(1,854.2) 

(328.8) 

 (595.0)

− 

41.3 

− 

− 

44.9 

−

(1,907.7) 

(330.8) 

(604.2) 

(1,854.2) 

(283.9) 

(595.0)

Gross profit 

465.2 

251.8 

196.0 

447.4 

258.3 

183.9 

Cash operating and administrative
  costs per financial statements 

 Amortization and depreciation
   expenses 

 (Gains) losses on disposal of assets 

 Customer contract-related costs 

 Restructuring costs 

 Reclassification of foreign currency 

(gains) losses related to 

   working capital 

Cash operating and administrative 
  costs per the MD&A 

(387.9) 

(135.4) 

(175.1) 

(370.3) 

(141.1) 

(169.4)

55.1 

(3.2) 

(0.8) 

9.1 

− 

0.2 

− 

− 

6.0 

0.1 

− 

6.2 

56.7 

0.2 

(1.1) 

3.5 

6.3 

0.6 

− 

− 

− 

(2.9) 

− 

− 

1.6 

6.1

0.2

−

6.5

−

(327.7) 

(138.1) 

(162.8) 

(311.0) 

(132.6) 

(156.6)

49

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of Net Earnings to Compliance EBITDA(2)(3)

(millions of dollars) 

Net earnings  

Adjusted for: 

  Finance expense 

  Realized gains on derivative financial instruments included in finance expense 

  Depreciation included in selling, distribution and administrative costs 

  Depreciation included in cost of sales 

  Amortization of intangible assets 

(Gains) losses on disposal of assets 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment 

Income tax expense  

  Unrealized losses (gains) on derivative financial instruments 

  Pro-forma impact of acquisitions 

Compliance EBITDA (2)(3) 

 Restructuring costs 

Compliance EBITDA before restructuring costs 

2013 

52.7 

71.8 

3.9 

42.2 

41.3 

19.4 

(2.9) 

15.5 

5.7 

5.1 

8.5 

263.2 

15.3 

278.5 

2012 (1)

90.0

77.6

2.2

42.4

44.9

23.5

1.0

4.7

9.0

(32.1)

−

263.2

10.0

273.2

(1)  The year ended December 31, 2012 was restated for the impact of adopting IAS 19 Employee Benefits, amendments effective January 1, 2013.
(2)  See the consolidated financial statements for additional details.
(3)  See “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for additional details.

Risk Factors to Superior

The  risks  factors  and  uncertainties  detailed  below  are  a  summary  of  Superior’s  assessment  of  its  

material  risk  factors  as  detailed  in  Superior’s  2013  Annual  Information  Form  under  “Risk  Factors”  which 

is  filed  on  the  Canadian  Securities  Administrators’  website,  www.sedar.com,  and  on  Superior’s  website,  

www.superiorplus.com.

Risks to Superior

Superior depends entirely on the operations and assets of Superior LP. Superior’s ability to make dividend 

payments to its shareholders depends on the ability of Superior LP to make distributions on its outstanding 

limited partnership units, as well as on the operations and business of Superior LP.

There is no assurance regarding the amount of cash to be distributed by Superior LP or generated by Superior 

LP and, therefore, there is no assurance regarding funds available for dividends to shareholders. The amount 

distributed in respect of the limited partnership units will depend on a variety of factors including, without 

limitation, the performance of Superior LP’s operating businesses, the effect of acquisitions or dispositions 

on Superior LP, and other factors that may be beyond the control of Superior LP or Superior. In the event 

significant  sustaining  capital  expenditures  are  required  by  Superior  LP  or  the  profitability  of  Superior  LP 

declines, there would be a decrease in the amount of cash available for dividends to shareholders and such 

decrease could be material.

50

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
 
Superior’s dividend policy and the distribution policy of Superior LP are subject to change at the discretion 

of the Board of Directors of Superior or the Board of Directors of Superior General Partner Inc., the general 

partner of Superior LP, as applicable. Superior’s dividend policy and the distribution policy of Superior LP are 

also limited by contractual agreements including agreements with lenders to Superior and its affiliates and 

by restrictions under corporate law.

As previously disclosed by Superior, on April 2, 2013, Superior received from the CRA, Notices of Reassessment 

for Superior’s 2009 and 2010 taxation years reflecting the CRA’s intent to challenge the tax consequences 

of the Conversion. The CRA’s position is based on the acquisition of control rules, in addition to the general 

anti-avoidance rules in the Tax Act. See Canada Revenue Agency Income Tax Update.

During  2013,  Superior  filed  a  Notice  of  Objection  and  a  Notice  of  Appeal  with  respect  to  the  Notice  of 

Reassessments received on May 8, 2013. Superior anticipates that if the case proceeds in the Tax Court of 

Canada, the case could be heard in the first quarter of 2015, with a decision rendered by the end of fiscal 

2015. If a decision of the Tax Court of Canada were to be appealed, the appeal process could reasonably be 

expected to take an additional 2 years. If Superior receives a positive decision then any taxes, interest and 

penalties paid to the CRA will be refunded plus interest and if Superior is unsuccessful then any remaining 

taxes payable plus interest and penalties will have to be remitted.

Superior  remains  confident  in  the  appropriateness  of  its  tax  filing  position  and  the  expected  tax  

consequences  of  the  Conversion  and  intends  to  vigorously  defend  such  position.  Superior  also  strongly 

believes that there was no acquisition of control of Ballard and that the general anti-avoidance rule does not 

apply to the Conversion and intends to file its future tax returns on a basis consistent with its view of the 

outcome of the Conversion.

Upon  receipt  of  the  Notices  of  Reassessment,  50%  of  the  taxes  payable  pursuant  to  such  Notices  of 

Reassessment, must be remitted to the CRA. Superior would also be required to make a payment of 50% of 

the tax liability claimed by the CRA in order to appeal any reassessment and, based on Superior’s 2011 and 

2012 taxation years, that amount would be approximately $10 million. Superior would also be required to 

make a payment of 50% of the taxes the CRA claims are owed in any future tax year if the CRA were to issue 

a similar notice of reassessment for such years and Superior were to appeal such other years. Superior has 

90 days from any future Notice of Reassessment to prepare and file a Notice of Objection, which would be 

reviewed by the CRA’s appeals division. If the CRA is not in agreement with Superior’s Notice of Objection, 

Superior has the option to appeal to the Tax Court of Canada following the same process described above.

The credit facilities and U.S. notes of Superior LP contain covenants that require Superior LP to meet certain 

financial  tests  and  that  restrict,  among  other  things,  the  ability  of  Superior  LP  to  incur  additional  debt, 

dispose of assets or pay dividends/distributions in certain circumstances. These restrictions may preclude 

Superior LP from returning capital or making distributions on the limited partnership units.

The payout by Superior LP of substantially all of its available cash flow means that capital expenditures to 

fund growth opportunities can only be made in the event that other sources of financing are available. Lack 

of access to such additional financing could limit the future growth of the business of Superior LP and, over 

time, have a material adverse effect on the amount of cash available for dividends to shareholders.

To  the  extent  that  external  sources  of  capital,  including  public  and  private  markets,  become  limited  or 

unavailable, Superior’s and Superior LP’s ability to make the necessary capital investments to maintain or 

expand the current business, and to make necessary principal payments and debenture redemptions under 

its term credit facilities may be impaired.

51

 2013 Annual ReportSuperior maintains substantial floating interest rate exposure through a combination of floating interest rate 

borrowing and the use of derivative instruments. Demand levels for approximately half of Energy Services’ 

sales and substantially all of Specialty Chemicals’ and Construction Products Distribution’s sales are affected 

by  general  economic  trends.  Generally  speaking,  when  the  economy  is  strong,  interest  rates  increase,  as 

does  demand  from  Superior’s  customers,  thereby  increasing  Superior’s  sales  and  its  ability  to  pay  higher 

interest costs, and vice-versa. In this way, there is a common relationship among economic activity levels, 

interest rates and Superior’s ability to pay higher or lower rates. Increased interest rates, however, will affect 

Superior’s borrowing costs, which may have an adverse effect on Superior.

A portion of Superior’s net cash flow is denominated in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, fluctuations in the Canadian/

U.S. dollar exchange rate can affect profitability. Superior attempts to mitigate this risk by hedging.

The timing and amount of capital expenditures incurred by Superior LP or by its subsidiaries will directly 

affect the amount of cash available to Superior for dividends to shareholders. Dividends may be reduced, or 

even eliminated, at times when significant capital expenditures are incurred or other unusual expenditures 

are made.

If the Board of Directors of Superior decides to issue additional common shares, preferred shares or securities 

convertible into common shares, existing shareholders may suffer significant dilution.

There can be no assurance that income tax laws in the numerous jurisdictions in which Superior operates 

will  not  be  changed,  interpreted  or  administered  in  a  manner  which  adversely  affects  Superior  and  its 

shareholders.  In  addition,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  CRA  (or  a  provincial  tax  agency),  the  U.S. 

Internal Revenue Service (or a state or local tax agency), or the Chilean Internal Revenue Service (collectively, 

the Tax Agencies) will agree with how Superior calculates its income for tax purposes or that the various 

Tax Agencies will not change their administrative practices to the detriment of Superior or its shareholders.

Risks to Superior’s Segments

Energy Services

Canadian Propane Distribution and U.S. Refined Fuels

Propane is sold in competition with other energy sources such as fuel oil, electricity and natural gas, some 

of which are less costly on an energy-equivalent basis. While propane is usually more cost-effective than 

electricity, electricity is a major competitor in most areas. Fuel oil is also used as a residential, commercial 

and industrial source of heat and, in general, is less costly on an equivalent-energy basis, although operating 

efficiencies, environmental and air quality factors help make propane competitive with fuel oil. Except for 

certain  industrial  and  commercial  applications,  propane  is  generally  not  competitive  with  natural  gas  in 

areas with natural gas service. Other alternative energy sources such as compressed natural gas, methanol 

and ethanol are available or could be further developed and could have an impact on the propane industry 

in  general  and  Canadian  propane  distribution  in  particular,  in  the  future.  The  trend  towards  increased 

conservation  measures  and  technological  advances  in  energy  efficiency  may  have  a  detrimental  effect 

on  propane  demand  and  Canadian  propane  distribution’s  sales.  Demand  for  traditional  propane  end-use 

applications  is  increasing  marginally  with  general  economic  growth.  However,  increases  in  the  cost  of 

propane encourage customers to reduce fuel consumption and to invest in more energy efficient equipment, 

reducing demand. Automotive propane demand is currently stabilizing after several years of decline but the 

decline trend could resume depending on propane pricing and the market acceptance of propane conversion 

options and the availability of infrastructure. 

52

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.Competition  in  the  U.S.  refined  fuels  business’  markets  generally  occurs  on  a  local  basis  between  large, 

full-service,  multi-state  marketers  and  smaller,  independent  local  marketers.  Marketers  primarily  compete 

based on price and service and tend to operate in close proximity to customers, typically within a 35-mile 

marketing radius from a central depot, in order to minimize delivery costs and provide prompt service. 

Weather  and  general  economic  conditions  affect  distillates  market  volumes.  Weather  influences  the 

immediate demand for distillates, primarily for heating, while longer-term demand declines due to economic 

conditions as customers trend towards conservation and supplement heating with alternative sources such 

as wood pellets. Also, harsh weather can create conditions that exacerbate demand for propane, impede the 

transportation and delivery of propane, or restrict the ability for Superior Propane to obtain propane from its 

suppliers. Such conditions may also increase Superior Propane’s operating costs and may reduce customers’ 

demand for propane, any of which may have an adverse effect on Superior. Spikes in demand caused by 

weather  or  other  factors  can  stress  the  supply  chain  and  hamper  Superior’s  ability  to  obtain  additional 

quantities of propane. Transportation providers (rail and truck) have limited ability to provide resources in 

terms of extreme peak demand. 

The trend towards increased conservation measures and technological advances in energy efficiency may 

have a detrimental effect on propane and heating oil demand and Superior’s sales. Further, increases in the 

cost of propane encourage customers to conserve fuel and to invest in more energy-efficient equipment, 

reducing demand. Changes in propane supply costs are normally passed through to customers, but timing 

lags (between when Superior purchases the propane and when the customer purchases the propane) may 

result in positive or negative gross margin fluctuations.

Superior offers its customers various fixed-price propane and heating oil programs. In order to mitigate the 

price risk from offering these services, Superior uses its physical inventory position, supplemented by forward 

commodity transactions with various third parties having terms and volumes substantially the same as its 

customers’ contracts. In periods of high propane price volatility the fixed-price programs create exposure 

to over or under-supply positions as the demand from customers may significantly exceed or fall short of 

supply procured. In addition, if propane prices decline significantly subsequent to customers signing up for 

a fixed-price program, there is a risk that customers will default on their commitments.

Superior’s  operations  are  subject  to  the  risks  associated  with  handling,  storing  and  transporting  propane 

in  bulk.  Slight  quantities  of  propane  may  also  be  released  during  transfer  operations.  To  mitigate  risks, 

Superior has established a comprehensive environmental, health and safety protection program. It consists 

of an environmental policy, codes of practice, periodic self-audits, employee training, quarterly and annual 

reporting and emergency prevention and response.

The U.S. refined fuels business, through a centralized safety and environment management system, ensures 

that  safety  practices  and  regulatory  compliance  are  an  important  part  of  its  business.  The  storage  and 

delivery  of  refined  fuels  pose  the  risk  of  spills  which  could  adversely  affect  the  soil  and  water  of  storage 

facilities and customer properties.

Superior’s  fuel  distribution  businesses  are  based  and  operate  in  Canada  and  the  United  States  and,  as  a 

result, such operations could be affected by changes to laws, rules or policies which could either be more 

favourable  to  competing  energy  sources  or  increase  compliance  costs  or  otherwise  negatively  affect  the 

operations of Energy Services in comparison to such competing energy sources. Any such changes could 

have an adverse effect on the operations of Energy Services.

53

 2013 Annual ReportIn 2013, two regions at Superior Propane converted to a new order to cash, billing and logistics IT system 

to  replace  the  distribution  and  invoicing  functions  of  the  present  enterprise  system.  While  no  significant 

financial  or  business  issues  have  resulted,  in  2014,  Superior  Propane  will  be  implementing  the  same  

system  in  its  remaining  four  regions  in  2014.  To  mitigate  the  risk  associated  with  system  changes,  

Superior Propane has leveraged operational learnings from the USRF organization, which has been using 

this system and implementation will be rolled out one region at a time. Superior will migrate its current data 

center located in Calgary, Alberta to a new location in New Jersey, United States through 2014 along with  

approximately 175 services and more than 200 applications. A disruption in the availability of current and 

future business applications may result from the migration, leading to Superior being unable to carry out 

required business transactions.

Approximately 18% of Superior’s Canadian propane distribution business employees and 5% of U.S. refined 

fuels distribution business employees are unionized. Collective bargaining agreements are renegotiated in 

the normal course of business. While labour disruptions are not expected, there is always risk associated with 

the renegotiation process that could have an adverse impact on Superior.

Fixed-price Energy Services Business

There may be new market entrants in the energy retailing business that compete directly for the customer 

base that Superior targets, slowing or reducing its market share. 

Superior  Energy  Management  (SEM)  purchases  natural  gas  to  meet  its  estimated  commitments  to  its 

customers  based  on  their  historical  consumption  of  gas.  Depending  on  a  number  of  factors,  including 

weather,  customer  attrition  and  poor  economic  conditions  affecting  commercial  customers’  production 

levels,  customer  natural  gas  consumption  may  vary  from  the  volume  purchased.  This  variance  must  be 

reconciled and settled at least annually and may require SEM to purchase or sell natural gas at market prices 

which may have an adverse impact on the results of this business. To mitigate potential balancing risk, SEM 

closely monitors its balancing position and takes measures such as adjusting gas deliveries and transferring 

gas between pools of customers, minimizing imbalances. The reserve is reviewed monthly to ensure that it is 

sufficient to absorb any balancing losses.

SEM matches its customers’ estimated electricity requirements by entering into electricity swaps in advance 

of acquiring customers. Depending on several factors, including weather, customers’ energy consumption 

may  vary  from  the  volumes  purchased  by  SEM.  SEM  is  able  to  invoice  existing  commercial  electricity 

customers  for  balancing  charges  when  the  amount  of  energy  used  is  greater  or  less  than  the  tolerance 

levels set initially. In certain circumstances, there can be balancing issues for which SEM is responsible when 

customer aggregation forecasts are not realized.

Fixed-price  energy  services  sources  its  fixed-price  term  natural  gas  sales  commitments  by  entering  into 

various  physical  and  financial  natural  gas  and  U.S.  dollar  foreign  exchange  purchase  contracts  for  similar 

terms  and  volumes  to  create  an  effective  Canadian  dollar  fixed-price  cost  of  supply.  Superior  transacts 

with  ten  financial  and  physical  natural  gas  counterparties.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  any  of  these 

counterparties  will  not  default  on  any  of  their  obligations  to  Superior.  The  financial  condition  of  each 

counterparty is, however, evaluated and credit limits are established to minimize Superior’s exposure to this 

risk. There is also a risk that supply commitments and foreign exchange positions may become mismatched; 

however, this is monitored daily in compliance with Superior’s risk management policy. 

54

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.Fixed-price  energy  services  must  retain  qualified  sales  agents  in  order  to  properly  execute  its  business 

strategy. The continued growth of fixed-price energy services is reliant on the services of agents to sign up 

new customers. There can be no assurance that competitive conditions will allow these agents to achieve 

these customer additions. Lack of success in the marketing programs of fixed-price energy services would 

limit future growth of cash flow.

Fixed-price energy services operates in the highly regulated energy industry in Ontario and Quebec. Changes 

to laws could impact this business’ operations. As part of the current regulatory framework, local delivery 

companies  are  mandated  to  perform  certain  services  on  behalf  of  fixed-price  energy  services,  including 

invoicing,  collection,  assuming  specific  bad  debt  risks,  and  storage  and  distribution  of  natural  gas.  Any 

elimination or changes to these rules could have a significant adverse effect on the results of this business. 

Fixed-price energy services also markets electricity in Pennsylvania and New York State and natural gas in 

New York State. The regulatory environment in Pennsylvania is favourable to retail choice. The Pennsylvania 

Utility  Commission’s  Retail  Market  Investigation  focused  on  solutions  to  increase  retail  market  share  and 

included orders for utilities to investigate retail opt-in auctions to entice customers to consider retail choice, 

reduce  enrolment  timelines,  implement  retail  referral  programs  and  design  seamless  moves  that  would 

reduce churn as a customer moves or changes accounts.

Specialty Chemicals

Specialty Chemicals competes with sodium chlorate, chloralkali and potassium producers on a worldwide 

basis. Key competitive factors include price, product quality, logistics capability, reliability of supply, technical 

capability and service. The end-use markets for products are correlated to the general economic environment 

and the competitiveness of customers, all of which are outside of the segment’s control, along with market 

pricing for pulp.

Specialty  Chemicals  has  long-term  electricity  contracts  or  electricity  contracts  that  renew  automatically 

with power producers in each of the jurisdictions where its plants are located. There is no assurance that 

Specialty Chemicals will remain able to secure adequate supplies of electricity at reasonable prices or on 

acceptable terms.

Potassium chloride (KCl) is a major raw material used in the production of potassium hydroxide at the Port 

Edwards, Wisconsin facility. Substantially all of Specialty Chemicals’ KCl is received from Potash Corporation 

of Saskatchewan. Specialty Chemicals has limited ability to source KCl from additional suppliers.

Specialty  Chemicals  is  exposed  to  fluctuations  in  the  U.S.  dollar  and  the  euro  versus  the  Canadian  dollar. 

Specialty Chemicals manages its exposure to fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and Canadian dollar by 

entering into hedge contracts with external third parties and internally with other Superior businesses.

Specialty  Chemicals’  operations  involve  the  handling,  production,  transportation,  treatment  and  disposal 

of  materials  that  are  classified  as  hazardous  and  are  regulated  by  environmental,  health  and  safety  laws, 

regulations and requirements. There is potential for the release of highly toxic and lethal substances, including 

chlorine from a facility or transportation equipment. Equipment failure could result in damage to facilities, 

death or injury and liabilities to third parties. If at any time the appropriate regulatory authorities deem any 

of the segment’s facilities unsafe, they may order that such facilities be shut down.

55

 2013 Annual ReportSpecialty  Chemicals’  operations  and  activities  in  various  jurisdictions  require  regulatory  approval  

for the handling, production, transportation and disposal of chemical products and waste substances. The 

failure to obtain or comply fully with such applicable regulatory approval may materially adversely affect 

Specialty Chemicals.

Specialty  Chemicals  does  not  directly  operate  or  control  Tronox’s  Hamilton,  Mississippi  sodium  chlorate 

facility. A major production outage or unplanned downtime could harm Specialty Chemicals’ reputation and 

its ability to meet customer requirements.

Specialty Chemicals’ production facilities maintain complex process and electrical equipment. The facilities 

have existed for many years and undergone upgrades and improvements. Routine maintenance is regularly 

completed  to  ensure  equipment  is  operated  within  appropriate  engineering  and  technical  requirements. 

Notwithstanding Specialty Chemicals’ operating standards and history of limited downtime, breakdown of 

electrical  transformer  or  rectifier  equipment  would  temporarily  reduce  production  at  the  affected  facility. 

Although  the  segment  has  insurance  to  mitigate  substantial  loss  due  to  equipment  outage,  Specialty 

Chemicals’ reputation and its ability to meet customer requirements could be harmed by a major electrical 

equipment failure.

Approximately 25% of Specialty Chemicals’ employees are unionized. Collective bargaining agreements are 

renegotiated in the normal course of business. While labour disruptions are not expected, there is always risk 

associated with the negotiation process that could have an adverse impact on Superior.

Construction Products Distribution

Activity in the Construction Products Distribution segment is subject to changes in general economic activity 

and,  in  particular,  residential  and  non-residential  construction.  New  residential  construction  is  subject  to 

such factors as household income, employment levels, customer confidence, population changes and the 

local supply of residential units. Residential renovation is not as sensitive to these factors and can provide 

some balance in the demand for residential construction product distribution. Non-residential activity can 

be  subdivided  into  commercial,  industrial  and  institutional.  New  construction  in  these  sectors  is  subject 

to  many  of  the  same  general  economic  factors  as  residential  activity.  In  the  industrial  and  institutional 

subsectors,  government  and  regulatory  programs  can  also  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  outlook  for 

product distribution, particularly as related to Superior’s insulation businesses. As a result, changes to general 

economic activity or other factors mentioned above that affect the amount of construction or renovation in 

residential and non-residential markets can have an adverse effect on the segment’s business and Superior.

Construction  Products  Distribution  competes  with  other  specialty  construction  distributors  servicing  the 

builder/contractor market, in addition to big-box home centres and independent lumber yards. The ability to 

remain competitive depends on the segment’s ability to provide reliable service at competitive prices. 

The  GSD  market  is  driven  largely  by  residential  and  non-residential  construction.  Demand  for  wall  and  

ceiling  building  materials  is  affected  by  changes  in  general  and  local  economic  factors  including  

demographic trends, employment levels, interest rates, consumer confidence and overall economic growth. 

These factors in turn affect existing housing sales, new home construction, new non-residential construction, 

and office/commercial space turnover, all of which are significant factors in determining demand for products 

and services. 

56

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.The C&I market is driven largely by C&I construction spending and economic growth. Demand is influenced 

by  commercial  construction  and  renovation,  the  construction,  maintenance  and  expansion  of  industrial 

process facilities (such as oil refineries, petrochemical plants and power generation facilities) and institutional 

facilities in the government, healthcare and education sectors.

The distribution of walls and ceilings and C&I products involves risks, including the failure or substandard 

performance of equipment, human error, natural disasters, suspension of operations and new government 

statutes,  regulations,  guidelines  or  policies.  Operations  are  also  subject  to  various  hazards  incidental  to 

the  handling,  processing,  storage  and  transportation  of  certain  hazardous  materials,  including  industrial 

chemicals.  These  hazards  can  result  in  personal  injury  including  fatalities,  damage  to  and  destruction  of 

property and equipment and environmental damage. There can be no assurance that as a result of past or 

future operations, there will not be claims of injury by employees or members of the public due to exposure, 

or alleged exposure, to these materials. There can be no assurance as to the actual amount of these liabilities 

or their timing, if any. The business maintains safe working practices through proper procedures, direction 

and  utilization  of  equipment  such  as  forklifts,  boom  trucks,  fabrication  equipment  and  carts/dollies.  The 

business handles and stores a variety of construction materials and maintains appropriate material handling 

compliance programs in accordance with local, state/provincial and federal regulations.

During 2013, CPD initiated a business transformation project to fully integrate its C&I and GSD operations. 

The project consists of realigning the management structure along geographic lines, adopting best practice 

common business processes, and integrating all operations onto a single ERP system. The project is expected 

to  take  approximately  two  years  to  three  years.  Upon  full  commencement  of  the  project,  the  scoping, 

requirements definition, business process definition, design, and testing of the integrated ERP system will 

take approximately one year with the branch conversions taking place the following year. Implementation 

problems  could  result  in  disruption  to  the  business  and/or  inaccurate  information  for  management  and 

financial reporting. Risk will be mitigated by extensive testing and regionally phased implementation.

Approximately 4% of Construction Products Distribution’s employees are unionized. Collective bargaining 

agreements are renegotiated in the normal course of business. While labour disruptions are not expected, 

there  is  always  risk  associated  with  the  negotiation  process  that  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  the 

segment and Superior.

57

 2013 Annual ReportManagement’s Report 

Management’s Responsibility for Financial Reporting 

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Superior  Plus  Corp.  (Superior)  and  all  of  the 

information  in  this  annual  report  are  the  responsibility  of  management  and  have  been  approved  by  the 

Board of Directors.

The  consolidated  financial  statements  were  prepared  by  management  in  accordance  with  International 

Financial  Reporting  Standards  and  include  certain  estimates  that  are  based  on  management’s  best 

judgments. Actual results may differ from these estimates and judgments. Management has ensured that 

the consolidated financial statements are presented fairly in all material respects. 

Management has developed and maintains a system of internal controls to provide reasonable assurance that 

Superior’s assets are safeguarded, transactions are accurately recorded, and the financial statements report 

Superior’s operating and financial results in a timely manner. Financial information presented elsewhere in 

this annual report has been prepared on a basis consistent with that in the consolidated financial statements. 

The  Board  of  Directors  of  Superior  is  responsible  for  reviewing  and  approving  the  consolidated  financial 

statements and primarily through its Audit Committee ensures that management fulfills its responsibilities 

for financial reporting. The Audit Committee meets with management and Superior’s external auditors, to 

discuss internal controls over the financial reporting process, auditing matters and financial reporting issues, 

to satisfy itself that each party is properly discharging its responsibilities and to review the annual report, 

the consolidated financial statements and the external auditor’s report. The Committee reports its findings 

to the Board for the Board’s consideration in approving the consolidated financial statements for issuance to 

the shareholders. The Committee also considers, for review by the Board and approval by the shareholders, 

the engagement or re-appointment of the external auditors. 

Deloitte LLP, an independent firm of Chartered Accountants, was appointed at Superior’s last annual meeting 

to audit Superior’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting 

Standards. Deloitte LLP has provided an independent professional opinion. 

Luc Desjardins 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Superior Plus Corp. 

Wayne M. Bingham
Executive Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer
Superior Plus Corp.

Calgary, Alberta 

February 19, 2014 

58

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.Independent Auditor’s Report

To the Shareholders of Superior Plus Corp.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Superior Plus Corp., which comprise 

the  consolidated  balance  sheets  as  at  December  31,  2013  and  December  31,  2012,  and  the  consolidated 

statement  of  changes  in  equity,  consolidated  statement  of  net  earnings  and  total  comprehensive  income  

and  consolidated  statement  of  cash  flows  for  the  years  then  ended,  and  the  notes  to  the  consolidated 

financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements

Management  is  responsible  for  the  preparation  and  fair  presentation  of  these  consolidated  financial 

statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal control as 

management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that 

are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We 

conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards 

require  that  we  comply  with  ethical  requirements  and  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable 

assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the 

consolidated  financial  statements.  The  procedures  selected  depend  on  the  auditor’s  judgment,  including 

the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due 

to  fraud  or  error.  In  making  those  risk  assessments,  the  auditor  considers  internal  control  relevant  to  the 

entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit 

procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on 

the  effectiveness  of  the  entity’s  internal  control.  An  audit  also  includes  evaluating  the  appropriateness  of 

accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as 

evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a 

basis for our audit opinion. 

Opinion

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial 

position of Superior Plus Corp. as at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, and its financial performance 

and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards.

Chartered Accountants 
February 19, 2014 

Calgary, Alberta 

59

 2013 Annual Report 
Consolidated Balance Sheets

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Assets 
Current Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables  
Prepaid expenses 
Inventories 
Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments  

Total Current Assets 

Non-Current Assets 
Property, plant and equipment  
Intangible assets  
Goodwill 
Notes and finance lease receivables 
Deferred tax 
Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments  

Total Non-Current Assets 

Total Assets 

LiAbiLities And equity 
Current Liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Deferred revenue 
Borrowing 
Convertible unsecured subordinated debentures 
Dividends and interest payable  
Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments  

Total Current Liabilities 

Non-Current Liabilities 
Borrowing 
Convertible unsecured subordinated debentures 
Other liabilities 
Provisions  
Employee future benefits 
Deferred tax  
Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments  

Total Non-Current Liabilities 

Total Liabilities 

Equity 
Capital 
Deficit 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Total Equity 

Total Liabilities and Equity 

Notes 

December 31, 
2013 

December 31,

2012 (1)(2)

5 & 21 
6 & 15 
7 
21 

10 
11 
13 

22 
21 

15 
16 
17 & 18 
19 

21 

17 & 18 
19 
16 
14 
20 
22 
21 

24 
23 

8.3 
479.8 
35.3 
206.3 
13.7 

743.4 

877.9 
19.0 
193.7 
10.2 
292.3 
4.6 

7.6
389.0
20.5
213.7
16.6

647.4

829.9
39.6
189.1
10.1
303.1
12.9

1,397.7 

2,141.1 

1,384.7

2,032.1

396.2 
24.8 
67.0 
– 
7.3 
25.1 

520.4 

509.1 
469.4 
 0.4 
19.5 
23.3 
4.0 
54.8 

318.5
18.2
59.7
50.0
7.3
36.5

490.2

574.7
475.1
1.0
17.6
54.0
2.5
42.6

1,080.5 

1,600.9 

1,167.5

1,657.7

 1,787.9 
(1,239.8) 
(7.9) 

540.2 

 2,141.1 

1,646.5
(1,218.2)
(53.9)

374.4

2,032.1

(1)  December 31, 2012 has been restated for the impact of adopting IAS 19 – Employee Benefits, amendments effective January 1, 2013. Refer to Note 2.
(2)  December 31, 2012 has been restated for the impact of a prior-period adjustment. Refer to Note 15.

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

60

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of 
Changes in Equity 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Note 

Share 
Capital 

Contributed 

Surplus (1) 

Total 
Capital 

Deficit 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive 
Loss 

Total

January 1, 2012 
Impact of adopting IAS 19 – 
  Employee Benefits, 
  amendments (2) 

Impact of prior-period 
  adjustment (3) 

1,629.8 

3.3 

1,633.1  (1,228.2) 

(55.3) 

349.6

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(4.0) 

(8.8) 

4.1 

0.1

– 

(8.8)

Restated as at January 1, 2012 

1,629.8 

3.3 

1,633.1  (1,241.0) 

(51.2) 

340.9

Net earnings 

Option value associated with
redemption of convertible 

  debentures 

Shares issued under the 
  Dividend Reinvestment Plan 

Dividends declared 
to shareholders  

Unrealized foreign currency losses 
  on translation of 

foreign operations 

Actuarial defined benefit gains 

Income tax expense on other 
  comprehensive income 

 24 

– 

– 

14.2 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

90.0 

(0.8) 

(0.8) 

14.2 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(67.2) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

90.0

(0.8)

14.2

(67.2)

(8.8) 

7.2 

(8.8)

7.2

(1.1) 

(1.1)

December 31, 2012 

1,644.0 

2.5 

1,646.5  (1,218.2) 

(53.9) 

374.4

Net earnings 

Option value associated with 
redemption of convertible 

  debentures 

Shares issued under the  
  Dividend Reinvestment Plan 

Issuance of common shares 

Dividends declared 
to shareholders 

Unrealized foreign currency gains 
  on translation of foreign operations 

Actuarial defined benefit gains 

Reclassification of derivatives 
losses previously deferred  

Income tax expense on other 
  comprehensive income 

 24 

– 

– 

4.9 

137.6 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

52.7 

(1.1) 

(1.1) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

4.9 

137.6 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(74.3) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

26.6 

26.4 

52.7

(1.1)

4.9

137.6

(74.3)

26.6

26.4

(0.4) 

(0.4)

(6.6) 

(6.6)

December 31, 2013 

1,786.5 

1.4 

1,787.9  (1,239.8) 

(7.9) 

540.2

(1)  Contributed  surplus  represents  Superior’s  equity  reserve  for  the  option  value  associated  with  the  issuance  of  convertible  unsecured  subordinated 

debentures and warrants.

(2)  December 31, 2012 has been restated for the impact of adopting IAS 19 – Employee Benefits, amendments effective January 1, 2013. Refer to Note 2.
(3)  Superior restated the January 1, 2012 deficit by $8.8 million due to a prior-period adjustment. Refer to Note 15.

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

61

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of  
Net Earnings and Total 
Comprehensive Income 

Years ended December 31 
(millions of Canadian dollars except per share amounts) 

Notes 

2013 

2012 (1)

REVENUES 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

ExPENSES 

  Selling, distribution and administrative costs 

  Finance expense  

Impairment of property, plant and equipment, 

intangible assets, and goodwill 

  Unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments  

Net earnings before income taxes 

Income tax expense  

Net earnings 

Net earnings 

Other comprehensive income: 

  Unrealized foreign currency gains (losses) on 

translation of foreign operations 

  Actuarial defined benefit gains  

  Reclassification of derivatives losses previously deferred 

Income tax expense on other comprehensive income 

Total Comprehensive Income  

Net earnings per share

Basic   

Diluted 

25 

25 

25 

25 

10,11&13 

21 

3,752.8 

(2,884.0) 

868.8 

3,624.3

(2,778.0)

846.3

(718.0) 

(71.8) 

(15.5) 

(5.1) 

(697.1)

(77.6)

(4.7)

32.1

(810.4) 

(747.3)

58.4 

(5.7) 

52.7 

52.7 

26.6 

26.4 

(0.4) 

(6.6) 

98.7 

99.0

(9.0)

90.0

90.0

(8.8)

7.2

–

(1.1)

87.3

$  0.43 

$  0.40 

$  0.80

$  0.80

22 

23 

23 

23 

22 

26 

26 

(1)  December 31, 2012 has been restated for the impact of adopting IAS 19 – Employee Benefits, amendments effective January 1, 2013. Refer to Note 2.

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

62

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement  
of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31 
(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Notes 

2013 

2012 (1)

OPERATING ACTIVITIES 
Net earnings  
Adjustments for: 
  Depreciation included in selling, distribution and administrative costs 
  Amortization of intangible assets 
  Depreciation included in cost of sales 
(Gains) losses on disposal of assets 
Impairment of property, plant and equipment, 

intangible assets, and goodwill 

  Unrealized losses (gains) on derivative financial instruments 
  Customer contract-related costs 
  Finance expense recognized in net earnings  

Income tax expense recognized in net earnings  
  Decrease in non-cash operating working capital 

Net cash flows from operating activities 
Income taxes paid 
Interest paid 

Cash flows from operating activities 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment  
Investment in supply agreement 
Acquisitions 

Cash flows used in investing activities 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES 
Net proceeds (repayment) of revolving term bank credits and other debt 
Redemption of senior unsecured debentures 
Redemption premium on senior unsecured debentures  
Repayment of senior secured notes 
Repayment of finance lease obligations 
Redemption of 5.75% convertible debentures 
Redemption of 5.85% convertible debentures 
Redemption of 7.50% convertible debentures 
Proceeds from issuance of 6.00% convertible debentures 
Issue costs incurred for the 6.00% convertible debentures 
Proceeds from issuance of common shares 
Issuance costs for common shares 
Proceeds from the Dividend Reinvestment Plan 
Dividends paid to shareholders 

Cash flows used in financing activities 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year 
Effect of translation of foreign currency-denominated cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year 

10 
11 
10 

21 

28 

10 
10 

4 

19 
19 
19 
19 

52.7 

42.2 
19.4 
41.3 
(2.9) 

15.5 
5.1 
(0.8) 
71.8 
5.7 
0.3 

250.3 
(6.5) 
(58.5) 

185.3 

(78.5) 
6.6 
(4.3) 
(7.6) 

(83.8) 

87.4 
(150.0) 
(6.2) 
(34.0) 
(15.9) 
– 
(75.0) 
(68.9) 
97.0 
(3.8) 
143.9 
(6.3) 
4.9 
(73.7) 

(100.6) 

0.9 
7.6 
(0.2) 

8.3 

90.0

42.4
26.8
44.9
1.0

4.7
(32.1)
(1.1)
77.6
9.0
84.7

347.9
(0.3)
(74.3)

273.3

(43.8)
4.5
–
(5.5)

(44.8)

(74.4)
–
–
(31.8)
(16.4)
(49.9)
–
–
–
–
–
–
14.2
(67.1)

(225.4)

3.1
5.2
(0.7)

7.6

(1)  December 31, 2012 has been restated for the impact of adopting IAS 19 – Employee Benefits, amendments effective January 1, 2013. Refer to Note 2.

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

63

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements

( Tabular amounts in Canadian millions of dollars, except per share amounts and as otherwise noted. Tables labeled “2013” and 
“2012” are for full year ended December 31.)

1.  Organization

Superior Plus Corp. (Superior) is a diversified business corporation, incorporated under the Canada Business 

Corporations Act. The registered office is at Suite 1400, 840 — 7th Avenue SW, Calgary, Alberta. Superior 

holds 100% of Superior Plus LP (Superior LP), a limited partnership formed between Superior General Partner 

Inc., as general partner and Superior as limited partner. Superior holds 100% of the shares of Superior General 

Partner Inc. Superior does not conduct active business operations but rather distributes to shareholders the 

income it receives from Superior Plus LP in the form of partnership allocations, net of expenses and interest 

payable on the convertible unsecured subordinated debentures (the debentures). Superior’s investments in 

Superior Plus LP are financed by share capital and debentures. Superior is a publicly traded company with 

its common shares trading on the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”) under the exchange symbol SPB.

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Superior  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012  were 

authorized for issuance by the Board of Directors on February 19, 2014.

Reportable Operating Segments 

Superior operates three distinct reportable operating segments: Energy Services, Specialty Chemicals and 

Construction  Products  Distribution.  Superior’s  Energy  Services’  operating  segment  provides  distribution, 

wholesale procurement and related services in relation to propane, heating oil and other refined fuels under 

the  following:  Canadian  propane  division  and  U.S.  refined  fuels  division.  Energy  Services  also  provides  

fixed-price  natural  gas  and  electricity  supply  services  under  Superior  Energy  Management.  Specialty 

Chemicals is a leading supplier of sodium chlorate and technology to the pulp and paper industries and a 

regional supplier of potassium and chloralkali products in the U.S. Midwest. Construction Products Distribution 

is one of the largest distributors of commercial and industrial insulation in North America and the largest 

distributor of specialty construction products to the walls and ceilings industry in Canada (See Note 32).

2.  Basis of Presentation

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  were  prepared  in  accordance  with  International 

Financial  Reporting  Standards  (IFRS)  as  issued  by  the  International  Accounting  Standards  Board  (IASB) 

using the accounting policies Superior adopted in its annual consolidated financial statements as at and for 

the year ended December 31, 2013. The financial statements were prepared on a going concern basis.

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars, Superior’s functional currency. All 

financial information presented in Canadian dollars has been rounded to the nearest hundred-thousand.

64

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.The consolidated financial statements were prepared on the historical cost basis except for the revaluation 

of certain financial instruments and incorporate the accounts of Superior and its subsidiaries. Subsidiaries 

are all entities over which Superior has the power to govern the financial and operating policies generally 

accompanying  a  shareholding  of  more  than  one-half  of  the  voting  rights.  The  results  of  subsidiaries  

are  included  in  Superior’s  statement  of  net  earnings  from  date  of  acquisition,  or  in  the  case  of  disposals,  

up  to  the  effective  date  of  disposal.  All  transactions  and  balances  between  Superior  and  Superior’s  

subsidiaries are eliminated on consolidation. Superior’s subsidiaries are all wholly owned directly or indirectly 

by Superior Plus Corp. 

Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and highly liquid short-term investments which, on acquisition, have 

a term to maturity of three months or less.

(b) Inventories 

Energy Services

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Costs of inventories are determined either 

on a weighted average cost or first-in, first-out basis. Appliances, materials, supplies and other inventories 

are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value, as appropriate. The net realizable value of inventory 

is based on estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs necessary to 

complete the sale.

Specialty Chemicals

Inventories  are  valued  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  net  realizable  value.  The  cost  of  chemical  inventories  is 

determined  on  a  first-in,  first-out  basis.  Stores  and  supply  inventories  are  costed  on  an  average  basis. 

Transactions  are  entered  into  from  time  to  time  with  other  companies  to  exchange  chemical  inventories 

in order to minimize working capital requirements and to facilitate distribution logistics. The net realizable 

value of inventory is based on estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated 

costs necessary to complete the sale. In the case of manufactured inventories cost includes an appropriate 

share of production overhead based on normal operating capacity.

Construction Products Distribution

Inventories of building products are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is calculated 

on a weighted-average cost basis and any trade discounts and rebates are deducted from the cost. The net 

realizable value of inventory is based on estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the 

estimated costs necessary to complete the sale.

65

 2013 Annual Report(c) Financial Instruments and Derivative Financial Instruments 

Derivative Financial Instruments

Superior enters into a variety of derivatives to manage its exposure to certain financial risks. Further details 

of derivative financial instruments are disclosed in Note 21. 

Derivatives  are  initially  recognized  at  fair  value  at  the  date  a  derivative  contract  is  entered  into  and  are 

subsequently re-valued to their fair value at each balance sheet date. The resulting gain or loss is recognized 

in net earnings. Realized gains and losses on derivatives are recognized as a component of revenue, cost 

of  sales  or  finance  expense/revenue,  the  classification  of  which  depends  on  the  underlying  nature  of  the 

economic  exposure  being  managed.  Derivatives  embedded  in  other  financial  instruments  or  other  host 

contracts are treated as separate derivatives when their risks and characteristics are not closely related to 

those of the host contracts and the host contracts are not measured at fair value with changes in fair value 

recognized in net earnings. 

Superior does not formally designate and document economic hedges, in accordance with the requirements 

of applying hedge accounting under IFRS and, therefore, does not apply hedge accounting.

Financial Assets

A financial asset is classified at fair value through net earnings (FVTNE) if it is classified as held for trading 

or is designated as such upon initial recognition. Upon initial recognition, attributable transaction costs are 

recognized in net earnings as incurred. Financial assets at FVTNE are measured at fair value, and changes 

therein are recognized in net earnings. 

Loans and Receivables

Loans and receivables are financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an 

active  market.  Such  assets  are  recognized  initially  at  fair  value  plus  any  directly  attributable  transaction 

costs.  Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  loans  and  receivables  are  measured  at  amortized  cost  using  the 

effective interest method, less any impairment losses. 

Separable Embedded Derivatives

Changes in the fair value of separable embedded derivatives are recognized immediately in net earnings.

Impairment of Financial Assets

Financial  assets  measured  at  amortized  cost  are  assessed  for  indicators  of  impairment  at  each  reporting 

date. Financial assets are impaired when there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events 

that occurred after the financial asset’s initial recognition, the estimated future cash flows of the investment 

have been negatively impacted. 

For certain categories of financial assets, such as trade receivables, assets that are assessed as not impaired 

individually are subsequently assessed for collective impairment. Objective evidence of the impairment of a 

portfolio of receivables could include Superior’s past experience of collecting payments, an increase in the 

number of delayed payments past the average credit period, in addition to changes in economic conditions 

that  correlate  with  defaults  on  receivables.  For  financial  assets  carried  at  amortized  cost,  the  amount  of 

impairment  recognized  is  the  difference  between  the  asset’s  carrying  amount  and  the  present  value  of 

estimated future cash flows, discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. 

66

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.The carrying amount of the financial asset is reduced by the impairment loss directly for all financial assets 

with  the  exception  of  trade  receivables,  in  which  case  the  carrying  amount  is  reduced  through  the  use 

of an allowance account. When a  trade  receivable  is considered uncollectible,  it is  written  off  against the 

allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to the statement 

of net earnings and comprehensive income. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account are 

recognized in net earnings. 

Classification as Debt or Equity

Debt and equity instruments are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity in accordance with the 

substance of the contractual arrangement. 

Equity Instruments

An equity instrument is any contract which has a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting 

all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by Superior are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct 

issuance costs. 

Compound Financial Instruments

The components of compound instruments issued by Superior are classified separately as financial liabilities 

and equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement. At the date of issuance, the 

fair value of the liability component is estimated using the prevailing market interest rate for a similar non-

convertible instrument. This amount is recorded as a liability on an amortized cost basis using the effective 

interest method until extinguished upon conversion or at the instrument’s maturity. The equity component is 

determined by deducting the liability component from the fair value of the compound instrument as a whole. 

This is recognized and included in equity, net of income tax, and is not subsequently re-measured.

Financial Liabilities

Financial liabilities are classified as either financial liabilities at FVTNE or other financial liabilities. 

Financial Liabilities at FVTNE

Financial liabilities are classified as FVTNE when the financial liability is held for trading or are designated as 

FVTNE upon initial recognition. Financial liabilities at FVTNE are stated at fair value with any resulting gain 

or loss recognized in net earnings. The net gain or loss recognized in net earnings incorporates any related 

interest expense. Upon initial recognition, attributable transaction costs are recognized in net earnings or 

loss as incurred. Fair value is determined in the manner described in Note 21. 

Other Financial Liabilities

Other financial liabilities, including borrowing, are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs. 

Other financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, 

with interest expense recognized on an effective interest basis. Financial liabilities are recognized at amortized 

cost,  using  the  effective  interest  rate  method,  at  each  reporting  period,  net  of  transaction  costs  directly 

attributable to the issuance of the liability. Transaction costs related to the issuance of any liability are netted 

against the carrying value of the associated liability and amortized as part of financing costs over the life of 

that debt using the effective interest rate method.

67

 2013 Annual ReportDerecognition of Financial Liabilities

Superior  derecognizes  financial  liabilities  when,  and  only  when,  Superior’s  obligations  are  discharged, 

cancelled or they expire. 

Financial Guarantees at FVTNE

Financial guarantees are classified as FVTNE when the financial liability is designated as FVTNE upon initial 

recognition. Financial guarantees at FVTNE are stated at fair value with any resulting gain or loss recognized 

in net earnings. Fair value is determined in the manner described in Note 21. 

(d) Property, Plant and Equipment

Cost

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. 

Major renewals and improvements which provide future economic benefits and can be reliably measured are 

capitalized, while repair and maintenance expenses are charged to operations as incurred. Property, plant 

and  equipment  in  the  course  of  construction  are  carried  at  cost  less  any  recognized  impairment  losses. 

Cost  includes  directly  attributable  expenses,  professional  fees  and,  for  qualifying  assets,  borrowing  costs 

capitalized in accordance with Superior’s accounting policy. Depreciation of these assets, on the same basis 

as  other  property  assets,  commences  when  the  assets  are  available  for  their  intended  use.  Disposals  are 

derecognized at carrying costs less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, with any resulting gain 

or loss reflected in net earnings.

Borrowing Costs

Borrowing  costs  directly  attributable  to  the  acquisition,  construction  or  production  of  qualifying  assets, 

which are assets that necessarily take substantial time to ready for their intended use or sale, are included in 

the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are available for their intended use. All other borrowing 

costs are recognized in net earnings in the period in which they are incurred.

Depreciation 

Depreciation  is  calculated  using  the  straight-line  method,  based  on  the  estimated  useful  life.  Land  is  not 

depreciated. Depreciation of property in the course of construction commences when the assets are available 

for their intended use. In the majority of cases, residual value is estimated to be insignificant. Depreciation 

by class of assets is as follows:

Buildings 

Leasehold improvements 

Energy Services’ tanks and cylinders 

Energy Services’ truck tank bodies, chassis and other 
 Construction Products Distribution equipment 

Manufacturing equipment 

Furniture and fixtures 

Computer equipment 

 over the lease term up to 10 years

15 to 40 years

30 years

5 to 15 years

5 to 40 years

10 years

3 years

Deprecation rates, residual values and depreciation methods are reviewed at the end of each annual reporting 

period, with the effect of any changes in estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis.

68

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.(e) Intangible Assets 

Intangible assets are reported at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. 

For  intangible  assets  with  a  determinate  life,  amortization  is  charged  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  their 

estimated useful lives. 

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are identified and recognized separately from goodwill 

when they satisfy the recognition criteria. The initial cost of such intangible assets is their fair value at the 

acquisition date. Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are 

reported at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, on the same basis as 

intangible assets acquired separately. 

Amortization rates, residual values and amortization methods are reviewed at least annually, with the effect 

of any changes in estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis.

Energy Services

Costs incurred by Energy Services to acquire natural gas and electricity customer contracts are capitalized 

as deferred costs at the time the cost is incurred. The costs are recognized in net earnings as an operating 

and administrative expense over the term of the underlying contracts. The contracts range from one to five 

years with the average remaining life being approximately two years.

Superior’s other intangible assets and related amortization rates are summarized as follows:

Non-competition agreements 

Term of the agreements (1-5 years)

Royalty agreements 

Software 

Technology patents 

Investment Properties

1-10 years

1-3 years

Approximately 10 years

Property held for a currently undetermined future use, long-term rental yields, or for capital appreciation, 

and  that  is  not  occupied  by  Superior  is  classified  as  investment  property.  Property  being  constructed  or 

developed for future use as investment property is also classified as investment property.

Superior amortizes its investment property over a period of 40 years using the straight-line method.

Cost

Investment  property  is  measured  at  cost,  including  related  transaction  costs  and  borrowing  costs.  After 

initial recognition, investment property is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment 

losses.

Subsequent expenditure is capitalized to the investment property’s carrying amount only when it is probable 

that future economic benefits associated with the expenditure will flow to Superior and the cost of the item 

can  be  measured  reliably.  Repair  and  maintenance  costs  are  expensed  when  incurred.  When  part  of  an 

investment property is replaced, the carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized.

69

 2013 Annual ReportBorrowing Costs

Borrowing costs incurred for the purpose of acquiring, constructing or producing a qualifying investment 

property are capitalized as part of its cost. Borrowing costs are capitalized while acquisition or construction 

is actively underway, which ceases once the asset is substantially complete or suspended if the development 

of the asset is suspended.

Depreciation 

Depreciation  is  calculated  using  the  straight-line  method,  based  on  the  estimated  useful  life.  Land  is  not 

amortized. Depreciation of investment property in the course of construction commences when the assets 

are  ready  for  their  intended  use.  In  the  majority  of  cases,  residual  value  is  estimated  to  be  insignificant. 

Investment properties are depreciated over 40 years. The estimated useful life, depreciation method, and 

residual values are reviewed at least annually, with the effect of any changes in estimate being accounted for 

on a prospective basis.

Disclosure of Fair Value

Fair value is based on active market prices, adjusted, if necessary for any difference in the nature, location or 

condition of the specific asset. If this information is not available, Superior uses alternate valuation methods, 

such  as  recent  prices  in  less  active  markets,  discounted  cash  flow  projections,  or  recent  property  tax 

assessments. Valuations performed by professional valuators can be used although Superior has sufficient 

internal resources to determine reliable fair values.

The fair value of investment property reflects, among other things, rental income from current leases and 

assumptions about rental income from future leases in the light of current market conditions. The fair value 

also reflects, on a similar basis, any cash outflows that could be expected in respect of the property. 

The fair value of investment property does not reflect future capital expenditure that will improve or enhance 

the property and does not reflect the related future benefits from this future expenditure other than those a 

rational market participant would take into account when determining the value of the property.

(f) Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment, Intangible Assets and Investment Properties

At  each  balance  sheet  date  and  when  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  value  may  be  impaired, 

Superior  reviews  the  carrying  amounts  of  its  tangible  and  intangible  assets  to  determine  whether  there 

is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If so, the recoverable amount of the 

asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss, if any. Where it is not possible to 

estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, Superior estimates the recoverable amount of the 

cash-generating unit (CGU) to which the asset belongs. For the impairment testing, assets that cannot be 

tested individually are grouped into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing 

use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use. In assessing value-in-use, 

the  estimated  future  cash  flows  are  discounted  to  their  present  value  using  a  pre-tax  discount  rate  that 

reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which 

the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted. 

70

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.If the recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying 

amount is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized immediately in net earnings. 

When an impairment loss, other than an impairment loss on goodwill, subsequently reverses, the carrying 

amount of the asset is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, which cannot exceed the 

original carrying amount less normal depreciation.

(g) Business Combinations

All business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred in 

a business combination is measured at fair values, at the acquisition date of the assets given up, the liabilities 

incurred  or  assumed  and  equity  instruments  issued  by  Superior  in  exchange  for  control  of  the  acquiree. 

Transaction costs, other than those associated with the issuance of debt or equity securities, that Superior 

incurs  in  connection  with  a  business  combination,  are  expensed  as  incurred.  The  acquiree’s  identifiable 

assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under IFRS 3 — Business 

Combinations are recognized at their fair values at the acquisition date, except for non-current assets that 

are classified as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5 — Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued 

Operations, which are recognized at fair values less costs to sell, except that:

•  Deferred  tax  assets  or  liabilities  and  liabilities  or  assets  related  to  employee  benefit  arrangements  are 
recognized and measured in accordance with International Accounting Standards (“IAS”)  IAS 12 — Income 
taxes and IAS 19 — Employee Benefits respectively; 

•  Liabilities  or  equity  instruments  related  to  the  replacement  by  Superior  of  an  acquiree’s  share-based 

payment awards are measured in accordance with IFRS 2 — Share-based Payment; and

•  Assets or disposals that are classified as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5 — Non-current Assets 

Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations are measured in accordance with that standard.

Contingent liabilities acquired in a business combination are initially measured at fair value at the date of 

acquisition.  At  subsequent  reporting  dates,  such  contingent  liabilities  are  measured  at  the  amount  that 

would be recognized in accordance with IAS 37 — Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets.

Intangible  assets  arising  on  acquisition  are  recognized  at  fair  value  at  the  date  of  acquisition.  The  fair  

value is based on detailed cash flow models and other metrics depending on the type of intangible asset 

being recognized.

Goodwill  arising  on  acquisition  is  recognized  as  an  asset  and  initially  measured  at  cost,  being  the  excess 

of  the  cost  of  the  business  combination  over  Superior’s  interest  in  the  net  fair  value  of  the  identifiable 

assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities recognized. If the net amounts assigned to the assets acquired and 

liabilities assumed exceed the cost of the purchase then Superior is required to reassess the value of both 

the cost and net assets acquired and any excess remaining after this reassessment is recognized immediately 

in net earnings. Goodwill is initially recognized as an asset at cost and is subsequently measured at cost less 

any accumulated impairment losses. 

If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which 

the combination occurs, Superior will report provisional amounts for the items for which the accounting is 

incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement period (see below), or additional 

assets or liabilities are recognized, to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances at the 

acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognized at that date.

71

 2013 Annual ReportThe measurement period is the period from the date of acquisition to the date Superior obtains complete 

information about facts and circumstances as of the acquisition date, to a maximum of one year. 

(h) Goodwill

Goodwill  arising  in  a  business  combination  is  recognized  as  an  asset  at  the  date  control  is  acquired  (the 

acquisition  date).  Goodwill  is  measured  as  the  excess  of  the  sum  of  the  consideration  transferred,  the 

amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree, and the fair value of the acquirer’s previously held 

equity interest in the acquiree (if any) over the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets 

acquired and the liabilities assumed.

If, after reassessment, Superior’s interest in the fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets exceeds the 

sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, and the fair 

value of the previously held equity interest in the acquiree (if any), the excess is recognized immediately in 

net earnings as a bargain purchase gain.

Goodwill  is  not  amortized  but  is  reviewed  for  impairment  at  least  annually.  For  purposes  of  impairment 

testing,  goodwill  is  allocated  to  each  of  Superior’s  CGUs  expected  to  benefit  from  the  synergies  of  the 

combination.  CGUs  to  which  goodwill  has  been  allocated  are  tested  for  impairment  annually  or  more 

frequently  upon  indication  of  impairment.  If  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  CGU  is  less  than  its  carrying 

amount, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the 

unit and then to other assets of the unit pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the 

unit. An impairment loss recognized for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period. 

On disposal of a subsidiary, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the net 

earnings on disposal.

(i) Revenue Recognition 

Revenue  is  measured  at  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration  received  or  receivable.  Revenue  is  reduced 

for  estimated  customer  returns,  rebates  and  other  similar  allowances.  Revenue  from  the  sale  of  goods  is 

recognized when all the following conditions are satisfied:

•  Superior has transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods;

•  Superior  retains  neither  continuing  managerial  involvement  to  the  degree  usually  associated  with 

ownership nor effective control over the goods sold;

•  The amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

•  It is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to Superior; and

•  The costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably.

Energy Services

Revenues from sales are recognized at the time of delivery, or when related services are performed and the 

above conditions related to revenue from sale of goods are satisfied.

72

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.Natural gas revenues are recognized as gas is delivered to local distribution companies and when the above 

conditions related to revenue from sale of goods are satisfied. Costs associated with balancing the amount 

of  gas  used  by  Energy  Services’  customers  with  the  volumes  delivered  by  Energy  Services  to  the  local 

distribution companies are recognized as period costs. Electricity revenues are recognized as the electricity 

is consumed by the end-use customer or sold to third parties.

Rental revenues arising from operating leases are accounted for based on the terms contained in the lease 

agreements as earned. 

Specialty Chemicals

Revenues from chemical sales are recognized at the time of delivery and when the above conditions related 

to revenue from sale of goods are satisfied.

Construction Contracts

When the outcome of a construction contract for the construction of chlorine dioxide generators can be 

estimated reliably, revenues and costs are recognized by reference to the percentage of completion of the 

contract activity at the end of the reporting period, measured based on the proportion of contract costs 

incurred for work performed to date relative to the estimated total contract costs. Engineer’s reviews are 

used to determine the stage of completion of contracts in progress. 

When the outcome of a construction contract cannot be estimated reliably, contract revenue is recognized 

to the extent it is probable that contract costs will be recoverable. Contract costs are recognized as expenses 

in the period in which they are incurred.

When  it  is  probable  that  total  contract  costs  will  exceed  total  contract  revenue,  the  expected  loss  is 

immediately recognized as an expense.

Construction Products Distribution

Revenue is recognized when products are delivered to the customer and when the above conditions related 

to revenue from sale of goods are satisfied. Revenue is stated net of discounts and rebates granted.

(j) Leases

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all of the risks 

and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

Assets held under finance leases are initially recognized as assets of Superior at their fair value at the inception 

of the lease or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. The corresponding liability to 

Superior is included in the balance sheet as a finance lease obligation as part of borrowing.

Lease payments are apportioned between finance expenses and reduction of the lease obligation so as to 

achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance expenses are recognized 

immediately in net earnings, unless they are directly attributable to qualifying assets, in which case they are 

capitalized  in  accordance  with  Superior’s  general  policy  on  borrowing  costs  (see  (d)  above).  Contingent 

rentals are recognized as expenses in the period in which they are incurred.

73

 2013 Annual ReportOperating lease payments are recognized as an expense based on terms contained in the lease agreements. 

Contingent rentals arising under operating leases are recognized as an expense in the period in which they 

are incurred.

In the event lease incentives are received to enter into operating leases, such incentives are recognized as 

a liability. The aggregate benefit of incentives is recognized as a reduction of rental expense and amortized 

over the term of the lease.

(k) Rebates — Construction Products Distribution

Purchase  rebates  are  recognized  as  a  reduction  of  cost  of  goods  sold  when  the  related  performance  is 

completed and the inventory is sold. Vendor rebates that are contingent upon completing a specified level of 

purchases are recognized as a reduction of cost of goods sold based on a systematic and rational allocation 

of the cash consideration to each of the underlying transactions that results in progress toward earning that 

rebate or refund, assuming that the rebate can be reasonably estimated and it is probable that the specified 

target will be obtained. Otherwise, the rebate is recognized as the milestone is achieved and the inventory 

is sold.

(l) Provisions

Provisions are recognized when there is a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, 

for which it is probable that payment will be required to settle the obligation, and where the amount can be 

reliably estimated.

The  amount  is  the  best  estimate  of  the  consideration  required  to  settle  the  present  obligation  at  the 

reporting date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Where a provision 

is  measured  using  the  cash  flows  estimated  to  settle  the  present  obligation,  its  carrying  amount  is  the 

present value of those cash flows. 

When some or all of the economic benefit required to settle a provision is expected to be recovered from 

a  third  party,  the  receivable  is  recognized  as  an  asset  if  it  is  virtually  certain  that  reimbursement  will  be 

received and the receivable can be measured reliably. 

Decommissioning Costs

Liabilities  for  decommissioning  costs  are  recognized  when  Superior  has  an  obligation  to  dismantle  

and  remove  a  facility  or  an  item  of  plant  and  to  restore  the  site  on  which  it  is  located,  and  when  a  

reliable  estimate  of  that  liability  can  be  made.  Generally,  the  costs  relate  to  Specialty  Chemicals  facilities  

and Energy Services’ assets. Decommissioning costs are provided at the present value of expected costs 

to settle the obligation using estimated cash flows. The cash flows are discounted at a current pre-tax rate 

that reflects the risks specific to the decommissioning liability. The unwinding of the discount is expensed as 

incurred and recognized in net earnings as a finance expense. The estimated future costs of decommissioning 

are reviewed annually and adjusted as appropriate. A corresponding item of property, plant and equipment 

of  an  amount  equal  to  the  provision  is  also  created.  This  is  subsequently  amortized  as  part  of  the  asset. 

Changes in the estimated future costs or in the discount rate applied are added to or deducted from the 

cost of the asset.

74

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.Environmental Expenditures and Liabilities

Environmental  expenditures  that  relate  to  current  or  future  revenues  are  expensed  or  capitalized  as 

appropriate.  Expenditures  that  relate  to  an  existing  condition  caused  by  past  operations  and  do  not 

contribute to current or future earnings are expensed. 

Liabilities for environmental costs are recognized when a clean-up is probable and the associated costs can 

be reliably estimated. Generally, the timing of recognition of these provisions coincides with the commitment 

to a formal plan of action or, if earlier, on divestment or on closure of inactive sites. 

The amount recognized is the best estimate of the expenditure required. When the liability will not be settled 

for a number of years, the amount recognized is the present value of the estimated future expenditure.

Restructuring

A restructuring provision is recognized when Superior has developed a detailed formal restructuring plan 

and  has  raised  a  valid  expectation  in  those  affected  that  it  will  carry  out  the  restructuring  by  starting  to 

implement the plan or announcing its main features to those affected. The measurement of a restructuring 

provision includes only the direct expenditures arising from the restructuring.

(m) Employee Future Benefits

Superior  has  a  number  of  defined  benefit  and  defined  contribution  plans  providing  pension  and  other  

post-employment benefits to most of its employees. Superior accrues its obligations under the plans and 

the related costs, net of plan assets.

Contributions to defined contribution plans are recognized as an expense when employees have rendered 

service entitling them to the contributions. 

For defined benefit plans, the cost of providing benefits is determined using the projected unit credit method, 

with  actuarial  valuations  being  carried  out  at  each  balance  sheet  date.  Actuarial  gains  and  losses  arising 

from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognized in other comprehensive 

income  in  the  period  in  which  they  occur.  The  net  obligation  for  each  defined  benefit  plan  is  discounted 

to  determine  the  present  value  using  the  yield  at  the  reporting  date  on  high-quality  Canadian  corporate 

bonds. Past service costs are recognized immediately to the extent that the benefits are already vested, and 

otherwise are amortized on a straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits become vested. 

The  defined  benefit  obligation  recognized  in  the  balance  sheet  represents  the  present  value  adjusted  for 

unrecognized actuarial gains and losses and unrecognized past service cost, and reduced by the fair value 

of plan assets. Any asset resulting from this calculation is limited to unrecognized actuarial losses and past 

service cost, plus the present value of available refunds and reductions in future contributions to the plan. 

75

 2013 Annual Report(n) Income Taxes

Income tax expense represents the sum of current income taxes payable and deferred income taxes. 

Current Income Taxes

The income tax currently payable is based on taxable net earnings for the year. Taxable net earnings differs 

from  net  earnings  as  reported  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  net  earnings    and  total  comprehensive  

income because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and 

it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. Superior’s liability for current income tax is 

calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. 

Deferred Income Taxes

Deferred income tax is recognized on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in 

the financial statements and the corresponding tax basis used in the computation of taxable net earnings. 

Deferred income tax assets are generally recognized for all deductible temporary differences to the extent 

that  it  is  probable  that  taxable  net  earnings  will  be  available  against  which  those  deductible  temporary 

differences  can  be  utilized.  Deferred  tax  liabilities  are  recognized  for  all  taxable  temporary  differences, 

except for the following:

•  When the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill; or

•  When  an  asset  or  liability  in  a  transaction  that  is  not  a  business  combination  and,  at  the  time  of  the 

transaction, affects neither the accounting net earnings or taxable net earnings ; and

•  In respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and 
interests in joint ventures, where the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled 
by Superior and it is probable that the temporary differences will not be reversed in the foreseeable future.

Deferred  tax  assets  arising  from  deductible  temporary  differences  associated  with  such  investments  and 

interests are only recognized to the extent that they are expected to be reversed in the foreseeable future 

and it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable net earnings against which to utilize the benefits of the 

temporary differences. A deferred tax asset may also be recognized for the benefit expected from unused 

tax losses available for carry-forward, to the extent that it is probable that future taxable earnings will be 

available against which the tax losses can be applied.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in 

which the liability is settled or the asset realized, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted 

or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets 

reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which Superior expects, at the reporting 

date, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax 

assets  against  current  liabilities  and  when  they  are  related  to  income  taxes  levied  by  the  same  taxation 

authority and Superior intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis. Also, Superior 

recognizes any benefit associated with investment tax credits as deferred tax assets to the extent they are 

expected to be utilized in accordance with IAS 12 — Income Taxes.

76

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.Uncertain Tax Positions

Superior is subject to taxation in numerous jurisdictions. There are many transactions and calculations during 

the course of business for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. It is possible, however, that at 

some future date, liabilities in excess of Superior’s provisions could result from audits by or litigation with tax 

authorities. Where the final outcome of these tax-related matters is different from the amounts that were 

initially recorded, such differences will affect the tax provisions in the period in which such determination is 

made.

Current and Deferred Tax for the Period

Current and deferred tax are recognized as an expense in net earnings, except where they relate to amounts 

recognized outside of net earnings (whether in other comprehensive income or directly in equity), in which 

case the tax is also recognized outside net earnings, or where they arise from the initial accounting for a 

business combination. In the case of a business combination, the tax effect is included in the accounting for 

the business combination.

(o) Foreign Currencies 

The financial statements of each subsidiary of Superior are translated into the currency of the subsidiary’s 

primary  economic  environment  (its  functional  currency).  For  the  purpose  of  the  consolidated  financial 

statements, the results and balance sheets of each subsidiary are expressed in Canadian dollars, Superior’s 

functional currency. 

The accounts of the foreign operations of Energy Services, Specialty Chemicals and Construction Products 

Distribution  in  the  United  States,  and  of  Specialty  Chemicals  operations  in  Chile,  translate  all  assets  and 

liabilities at the exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date, and revenues and expenses at average 

exchange  rates  during  the  period.  Exchange  gains  and  losses  arising  from  this  translation  are  recorded 

as  a  component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income.  Other  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  held 

by Superior are converted at the exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date. Gains and losses are 

recognized on monetary assets and liabilities when those items are settled.

Transactions  denominated  in  a  foreign  currency  are  translated  into  the  functional  currency  at  rates  in  

effect  at  the  date  of  the  transaction.  At  the  balance  sheet  date,  monetary  foreign  currency  assets  and  

liabilities  are  translated  at  exchange  rates  then  in  effect.  The  resulting  translation  gains  or  losses  are 

recognized in net earnings.

(p) Share-Based Payments 

Superior has established share-based compensation plans whereby notional restricted shares and/or notional 

performance shares may be granted to employees. The fair value of these notional shares is estimated using 

the  period-end  quoted  market  price  and  recorded  as  an  expense  with  an  offsetting  amount  to  accrued 

liabilities, re-measured at each balance sheet date. All share-based payments are settled in cash.

77

 2013 Annual Report(q) Government Grants

Government grants are not recognized until there is a reasonable assurance that Superior will comply with 

the conditions attaching to them and that the grants will be received. 

Government  grants  whose  primary  condition  is  that  Superior  should  purchase,  construct  or  otherwise 

acquire non-current assets are recognized as a reduction of the carrying value of the related asset. Other 

government  grants  are  recognized  as  income  over  the  periods  necessary  to  match  them  with  the  costs 

they  are  intended  to  compensate,  on  a  systematic  basis.  Government  grants  receivable  as  compensation 

for expenses or losses already incurred or for the purpose of giving immediate financial support to Superior 

with no future related costs are recognized in net earnings in the period in which they become receivable. 

(r) Net Earnings per Common Share

Basic net earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net earnings by the weighted average number of 

shares outstanding during the period, which is calculated using the number of shares outstanding at the end 

of each month in that year. Diluted net earnings per share are calculated by factoring in the dilutive impact 

of the dilutive instruments, including the conversion of debentures to shares using the if-converted method 

to assess the impact of dilution. Superior uses the treasury stock method to determine the impact of dilutive 

options, which assumes that the proceeds from in-the-money share options are used to repurchase shares 

at the average market price during the period.

(s) Significant Accounting Judgments, Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of Superior’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management 

to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, net 

earnings and related disclosure. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience 

and various other factors deemed reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of 

making the judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other 

sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or 

complexity, or where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are as follows:

Fair Value of Derivative and Non-Financial Derivative Instruments

Where the fair values of derivatives and non-financial derivatives cannot be derived from active markets, they 

are determined using valuation techniques including a discounted cash flow model. This requires assumptions 

concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and discount rates. Differences between 

actual  values  and  assumed  values  will  affect  net  earnings  in  the  period  when  the  determination  of  the 

difference is made. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Superior  recognizes  an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  based  on  historical  customer  collection  history, 

general economic indicators and other customer-specific information, all of which require Superior to make 

certain  assumptions.  Where  the  actual  collectability  of  accounts  receivable  differs  from  these  estimates, 

such differences will have an impact on net earnings in the period such a determination is made. 

78

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.Property, Plant and Equipment and Intangible Assets

Capitalized assets, including property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are amortized over their 

respective estimated useful lives. All estimates of useful lives are set out in 2(d) and 2(e) above.

Provisions

Provisions have been estimated for decommissioning costs, restructuring and environmental expenditures. 

The actual costs and timing of future cash flows depend on future events. Any differences between estimates 

and the actual future liability will be accounted for in the period when such determination is made. 

Employee Future Benefits

Superior has a number of defined benefit pension plans and other benefit plans. The cost of defined benefit 

pension  plans  and  the  present  value  of  the  pension  obligation  are  determined  using  actuarial  valuations. 

These require assumptions including the determination of the discount rate, future salary increases, mortality 

rates  and  future  pension  increases.  Due  to  the  valuation’s  complexity,  its  underlying  assumptions  and  

long-term nature, a defined benefit obligation is highly sensitive to changes in the underlying assumptions. 

Income Tax Assets and Liabilities

Superior recognizes expected tax assets and liabilities based on estimates of current and future taxable net 

earnings, which may require significant judgment regarding the ultimate tax determination of certain items. 

If taxable net earnings differ from the estimates there may be an impact on current and future income tax 

provisions in the period when the difference is determined.

Decommissioning Liabilities 

Determining  decommissioning  liabilities  requires  estimates  regarding  the  useful  life  of  certain  operating 

facilities,  the  timing  and  cost  of  future  remediation  activities,  discount  rates  and  the  interpretation  and 

changes to various environmental laws and regulations. Differences between estimates and results will affect 

Superior’s accrual for decommissioning liabilities, with an effect on net earnings. 

Asset Impairments

Financial  and  non-financial  assets  are  subject  to  impairment  reviews  based  on  whether  current  or  future 

events  and  circumstances  suggest  that  their  recoverable  amount  may  be  less  than  their  carrying  value. 

Recoverable amounts are based on a calculation of expected future cash flows, which includes management 

assumptions and estimates of future performance. 

79

 2013 Annual ReportCritical Judgments in Applying Accounting Policies

In  applying  Superior’s  accounting  policies,  described  above,  management  makes  judgments  that  could 

significantly  affect  the  amounts  recognized  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  The  most  critical  of 

these judgments are:

Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment

An impairment evaluation involves consideration of whether there are indicators of impairment. Indicators 

include: significant underperformance relative to historical or projected operating results, significant changes 

in  the  manner  in  which  an  asset  is  used  or  in  Superior’s  overall  business  strategy,  or  significant  negative 

industry or economic trends. In some cases, these events are clear. However, in many cases, there is no such 

clearly identifiable event. Instead, a series of individually insignificant events, some of them only later known, 

leads to an indication that an asset may be impaired. Management continually monitors Superior’s segments, 

the markets, and the business environment, and makes judgments and assessments about conditions and 

events in order to conclude whether a possible impairment exists.

Income Taxes

Preparation of the consolidated financial statements involves making an estimate of, or provision for, income 

taxes  in  each  of  the  jurisdictions  in  which  Superior  operates.  The  process  also  involves  estimating  taxes 

currently payable and taxes expected to be payable or recoverable in future periods, referred to as deferred 

income taxes. Deferred income taxes result from the effects of temporary differences due to items that are 

treated differently for tax and accounting purposes. The tax effects of these differences are reflected in the 

balance sheet as deferred income tax assets and liabilities. An assessment must also be made to determine 

the  likelihood  that  Superior’s  future  taxable  income  will  be  sufficient  to  permit  the  recovery  of  deferred 

income tax assets. To the extent that such recovery is not probable, recognized deferred income tax assets 

must be reduced. Judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes and recognition of 

deferred  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities.  Management  must  also  exercise  judgment  in  its  assessment  of 

continually changing tax interpretations, regulations and legislation, to ensure deferred income tax assets 

and liabilities are complete and fairly presented. The effects of differing assessments and applications could 

be material.

Financial Instruments

The fair value of financial instruments is determined and classified within three categories, which are outlined 

below and discussed in more detail in Note 21.

Level I

Fair values in Level I are determined using inputs that are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for 

identical assets or liabilities that Superior has the ability to access.

Level II

Fair  values  in  Level  II  are  determined,  directly  or  indirectly,  using  inputs  that  are  observable  for  the  asset  

or liability.

80

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.Level III

Fair values in Level III are determined using inputs for the asset or liability that are not readily observable.

The  fair  value  measurement  of  a  financial  instrument  is  included  in  only  one  of  the  three  levels,  the 

determination  of  which  is  based  on  the  lowest-level  input  that  is  significant  to  the  derivation  of  the  fair 

value. Classification of financial instruments requires management to use judgment in respect of both the 

determination of fair value and the lowest-level input of significance.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Certain new standards, interpretations, amendments and improvements to existing standards were issued 

by the IASB or International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) that are mandatory for 

accounting periods beginning January 1, 2013 or later periods. The affected standards applicable to Superior 

are as follows:

IFRS 7 — Financial Instruments: Disclosures, amendments 

The  amendments  to  IFRS  7  require  entities  to  disclose  information  about  rights  of  offset  and  related 

arrangements (such as collateral posting requirements under an enforceable master netting agreement or 

similar arrangement). Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance 

sheet where Superior has the legally enforceable right to set-off the recognized amounts and there is an 

intention  to  settle  on  a  net  basis  or  realize  the  asset  and  settle  the  liability  simultaneously.  This  standard 

must  be  applied  for  accounting  periods  beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  2013.  Superior  adopted  IFRS  7 

amendments on January 1, 2013, with retrospective application from December 31, 2012 with no impact.

IFRS 10 — Consolidated Financial Statements

IFRS 10 establishes principles for the presentation and preparation of consolidated financial statements when 

an entity controls one or more other entities. IFRS 10 requires an entity to consolidate an investee when it 

is  exposed,  or  has  rights,  to  variable  returns  from  its  involvement  with  the  investee  and  can  affect  those 

returns through its power over the investee. Under existing IFRS, consolidation is required when an entity 

can govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities. The 

revised standard was effective on January 1, 2013 and Superior adopted the amendments with no impact.

IFRS 11 — Joint Arrangements

IFRS 11 requires a venture to classify its interest in a joint arrangement as a joint venture or joint operation. 

Joint ventures will be accounted for using the equity method of accounting, whereas joint operations will 

require the venture to recognize its share of the assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses relating to its interest 

in the joint operation. The standard was effective on January 1, 2013 and Superior adopted the amendments 

with no impact.

81

 2013 Annual ReportIFRS 12 — Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities

IFRS  12  establishes  disclosure  requirements  for  interests  in  other  entities,  such  as  joint  arrangements, 

associates, and/or unconsolidated structured entities. The standard carries forward existing disclosure and 

introduces  significant  additional  disclosure  requirements  that  address  the  nature  of,  and  risks  associated 

with, an entity’s interests in other entities. This standard was effective for Superior on January 1, 2013 and 

Superior adopted the amendments with no impact.

IFRS 13 — Fair Value Measurement

IFRS 13 defines fair value, sets out a single IFRS framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosure 

about fair value measurements. IFRS 13 applies to IFRS that require or permit fair value measurements or 

disclosures about fair value measurements (and measurements, such as fair value less costs to sell, based on 

fair value or disclosure about those measurements), except in specified circumstances. Superior adopted the 

amendments on January 1, 2013, with no impact to Superior.

IAS 1 — Presentation of Other Comprehensive Income

The amendments to IAS 1 were issued in June 2011 and require entities to group items presented in other 

comprehensive net earnings on the basis of whether they might be reclassified to the consolidated statement 

of net earnings in subsequent periods and items that will not be reclassified to the consolidated statement of 

net earnings. The amendments did not address which items are presented in other comprehensive income 

and did not change the option to present items net of tax. The amendments to IAS 1 are effective for annual 

periods beginning on or after July 1, 2012, which will be January 1, 2013 for Superior, and are to be applied 

retrospectively. Superior adopted the amendments on January 1, 2013, with no impact to Superior.

IAS 19 — Employee Benefits, amendments

IAS 19 amendments were issued in June 2011 that changed the accounting and disclosure for defined benefit 

plans  and  termination  benefits.  This  standard  requires  that  the  changes  in  defined  benefit  obligations 

are  recognized  as  they  occur,  eliminating  the  corridor  approach  and  accelerating  the  recognition  of  past 

service costs. The changes in defined benefit obligations and plan assets are to be disaggregated into three 

components: service costs, net interest on the net defined benefit liabilities or assets and re-measurements 

of the net defined benefit liabilities or assets. This standard must be applied for accounting periods beginning 

on or after January 1, 2013. Superior adopted IAS 19 on January 1, 2013, with retrospective application from 

January 1, 2012. The financial impact was an increase of $3.1 million to pension expense and a corresponding 

decrease to accumulated other comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2012. The impact on 

Superior’s balance sheet as at January 1, 2012 is a $4.0 million increase to deficit, a $0.1 million decrease in 

employee benefit obligations and a corresponding decrease to accumulated other comprehensive loss of 

$4.1 million. The impact as at December 31, 2012 was an increase in selling, distribution and administrative 

costs of $3.1 million.

82

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.New and Revised IFRS Standards Issued But Not Yet Effective

IFRS 9 — Financial Instruments: Classification and Measurement

IFRS 9 was issued in November 2009 and is intended to replace IAS 39 — Financial Instruments: Recognition 

and  Measurement.  IFRS  9  uses  a  single  approach  to  determine  whether  a  financial  asset  is  measured  at 

amortized cost or fair value, replacing the multiple rules in IAS 39. The approach in IFRS 9 is based on how 

an entity manages its financial instruments in the context of its business model and the contractual cash 

flow characteristics of the financial assets. The new standard also requires a single impairment method to 

be  used,  replacing  the  multiple  impairment  methods  in  IAS  39.  Requirements  for  financial  liabilities  were 

added in October 2010 and they largely carried forward existing requirements in IAS 39 except that fair value 

changes due to credit risk for liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss would generally be 

recorded in other comprehensive income. This standard must be applied for accounting periods beginning 

on or after January 1, 2017, with earlier adoption permitted. Superior is assessing the effect of IFRS 9 on its 

financial results and financial position; changes, if any, are not expected to be material.

IFRS 10 — Consolidated Financial Statements, IFRS 12 — Disclosure of Interests in Other 
Entities and IAS 27 — Separate Financial Statements

The  amendments  to  IFRS  10  define  an  investment  entity  and  require  a  reporting  entity  that  meets  the 

definition of an investment entity not to consolidate its subsidiaries but instead to measure its subsidiaries 

at fair value through profit or loss in its consolidated and separate financial statements. Consequently, IFRS 

12  and  IAS  27  were  amended  to  introduce  new  disclosure  requirements  for  investment  entities.  Superior 

does not anticipate these will have any effect on the consolidated financial statements as Superior is not an 

investment entity.

IAS 32 — Financial Instruments: Presentation

The amendments to IAS 32 clarify the requirements relating to the offset of financial assets and financial 

liabilities. Specifically, the amendments clarify the meaning of ‘currently has a legally enforceable right of 

off-set’ and ‘simultaneous realization and settlement’. Superior does not anticipate significant impact on the 

consolidated financial statements from these amendments.

IFRIC 21 — Levies

The  interpretation,  issued  on  May  20,  2013,  provides  guidance  on  when  to  recognize  a  liability  for  a  levy 

imposed by a government, both for levies that are accounted for in accordance with IAS 37 — Provisions, 

Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets and those where the timing and amount of the levy is certain. 

The  Interpretation  covers  the  accounting  for  outflows  imposed  on  entities  by  governments  (including 

government agencies and similar bodies) in accordance with laws and/or regulations. However, it does not 

include income taxes (see IAS 12 — Income Taxes), fines and other penalties, liabilities arising from emissions 

trading schemes and outflows within the scope of other Standards. It also provides the following guidance 

on  recognition  of  a  liability  to  pay  levies:  The  liability  is  recognized  progressively  if  the  obligating  event 

occurs over a period of time and if an obligation is triggered on reaching a minimum threshold, the liability is 

recognized when that minimum threshold is reached. This standard must be applied for accounting periods 

beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  2014,  with  retrospective  application  from  December  31,  2012.  Superior  is 

assessing the effect of IFRIC 21 on its financial results and financial position; changes, if any, are not expected 

to be material to Superior’s annual results although significant changes may result on a quarterly basis.

83

 2013 Annual Report3. Seasonality of Operations

Energy Services

Sales typically peak in the first quarter when approximately one-third of annual propane and other refined 

fuels sales volumes and gross profits are generated due to the demand from heating end-use customers. They 

then decline through the second and third quarter rising seasonally again in the fourth quarter with heating 

demand. Similarly, net working capital is typically at seasonal highs during the first and fourth quarter, and 

normally declines to seasonal lows in the second and third quarter. Net working capital is also significantly 

influenced by wholesale propane prices and other refined fuels. 

Construction Products Distribution 

Sales typically peak during the second and third quarter with the seasonal increase in building and renovation 

activities. They then decline through the fourth quarter and into the subsequent first quarter. Similarly, net 

working capital is typically at seasonal highs during the second and third quarter, and normally decline to 

seasonal lows in the fourth and first quarter.

4.  Acquisitions

On November 27, 2013, Superior completed the acquisition of certain assets constituting a retail propane and 

commercial fuels distribution business (Townsend Energy) in Le Roy, New York for an aggregate purchase 

price of $9.6 million including adjustments to net working capital and deferred consideration. The operations 

will provide U.S. refined fuels with access to additional propane customers.

Townsend Energy Acquisition 

Property, plant and equipment 

Intangible assets  

Trade and other payables 

Net identifiable assets and liabilities 

Goodwill arising on acquisition 

Total consideration 

Purchase consideration components: 

  Cash (paid on November 27, 2013) 

  Deferred consideration 

Total purchase consideration 

Fair Value Recognized on Acquisition 

2.6

3.5

(2.0)

4.1

4.1

5.5

9.6

7.6

2.0

9.6

Revenue and net earnings for the 12 months ended December 31, 2013 would have been $102.1 million and 

$0.4 million, respectively, if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2013. Subsequent to the acquisition 

date of November 27, 2013, the acquisition contributed revenue and net earnings, respectively, of $6.3 million 

and $0.1 million to Energy Services for the period ended December 31, 2013. 

84

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On July 17, 2012, Superior completed the acquisition of certain assets which constitute a propane distribution 

business for an aggregate purchase price of $5.5 million including adjustments for net working capital. The 

main purposes were to expand Energy Services’ business in British Columbia and benefit from synergies. 

Propane Acquisition 

Trade and other receivables (1) 

Inventories 

Property, plant and equipment 

Net identifiable assets and liabilities 

Goodwill arising on acquisition 

Total consideration 

Purchase consideration components: 

  Cash (paid on August 2, 2012) 

Total purchase consideration 

Fair Value Recognized on Acquisition 

0.9

0.1

1.9

2.9

2.9

2.6

5.5

5.5

5.5

(1)  The gross amount of trade and other receivables is $0.9 million, of which $nil is expected to be uncollectible.

Revenue  and  net  earnings  for  the  period  ended  December  31,  2012  would  have  been  $8.3  million  and  

$1.9 million, respectively, if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2012. Subsequent to the acquisition 

date of July 17, 2012, the acquisition contributed revenue and net earnings, respectively, of $4.4 million and 

$1.5 million to Energy Services for the period ended December 31, 2012. 

5.  Trade and Other Receivables

A summary of trade and other receivables is as follows:

Trade receivables, net of allowances 

Accounts receivable – other 

Finance lease receivable 

Trade and other receivables 

6.  Prepaid expenses

Balance at the beginning of the year 

  Added to prepaid assets 

  Expensed to net earnings 

  Foreign exchange impact 

Balance at the end of the year 

Note 

21 

2013 

443.2 

35.7 

0.9 

479.8 

2013 

20.5 

141.2 

(127.2) 

0.8 

35.3 

2012

355.9

32.3

0.8

389.0

 2012 (1)

16.5

89.2

(85.1)

(0.1)

20.5

(1)  December 31, 2012 has been restated for the impact of a prior-period adjustment. Refer to Note 15. 

85

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7. 

Inventories 

Propane, heating oil and other refined fuels 

Propane retailing materials, supplies, appliances and other 

Chemical finished goods and raw materials 

Chemical stores, supplies and other 

Wall, ceiling and insulation construction products 

2013  

93.5 

9.0 

21.3 

11.3 

71.2 

206.3 

2012

105.1

10.7

21.1

9.3

67.5

213.7

The cost of inventories recognized as an expense in the year ended December 31, 2013 was $2,540.1 million 

(December 31, 2012 — $2,528.9 million). Inventories of $nil as at December 31, 2013 (December 31, 2012 — 

$nil) are expected to be recovered after more than 12 months. Inventory was written down during the year 

ended December 31, 2013 by $3.6 million (December 31, 2012 — $3.6 million). No write-down reversals were 

recorded during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

8.  Finance Lease Receivable

In November 2010, Superior entered into a finance lease arrangement with a customer from the Specialty 

Chemicals segment. It is related to capital assets used to produce electricity at a Specialty Chemicals sodium 

chlorate facility in Chile. The lease contract term is ten years and contains an early termination option for the 

customer after five years.

Current portion 

Long-term portion 

Less: unearned finance income 

Present value of minimum lease payments 

Minimum Lease Payments 

2013 

1.7 

9.6 

11.3 

(3.1) 

8.2 

2012 

1.6 

10.6 

12.2 

(3.7) 

8.5 

Present Value of Minimum 
Lease Payments

2013 

2012

0.9 

7.3 

8.2 

– 

8.2 

0.8

7.7

8.5

–

8.5

The interest rate inherent in the lease is fixed at a constant effective interest rate of 10% per year. There is no 

allowance for doubtful accounts, as the finance lease receivables are neither past due nor impaired.

9.  Construction Contracts

Revenue relating to construction contracts is recognized based on the stage of completion, based in turn on engineering 

estimates of the proportion of work completed to date.

Contracts in progress at the balance sheet date: 

Construction costs incurred plus recognized profits less

recognized losses to date 

  Less: Progress billings to date 

2013 

2012

14.9 

(16.2) 

(1.3) 

12.9

(14.2)

(1.3)

86

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recognized and included in the financial statements as amounts due:

Accounts payable to customers under construction contracts 

Note 

15 

2013 

1.3 

1.3 

2012

1.3

1.3

10.  Property, Plant and Equipment 

Specialty 
Chemicals 
Plant &  
Equipment 

Land 

Buildings 

Energy  Construction 
Services 
Products 
Retailing  Distribution 

Equipment 

Leasehold
Equipment  Improvements 

Cost 

Balance at  
December 31, 2011 

  Additions 

  Additions from 
  business combinations 

  Disposals  

Impairment loss charged 

29.7 

147.0 

– 

– 

(0.3) 

3.5 

– 

(0.8) 

728.4 

17.6 

591.5 

24.9 

– 

(2.0) 

1.9 

(17.9) 

41.2 

4.9 

– 

(1.9) 

to net earnings 

– 

– 

– 

(4.7) 

– 

  Net foreign currency 
  exchange differences 

  Reclassification 

Balance at 
December 31, 2012 

(0.2) 

0.5 

(1.2) 

0.1 

(5.7) 

– 

(1.7) 

(4.2) 

(0.9) 

– 

29.7 

148.6 

738.3 

589.8 

43.3 

9.7 

1,559.4

Total

1,547.7

51.0

1.9

(23.3)

(4.7)

(9.6)

(3.6)

9.9 

0.1 

– 

(0.4) 

– 

0.1 

– 

Accumulated Depreciation and Impairment 

Balance at 
December 31, 2011 

  Depreciation expense 

  Eliminated on disposal 

  of assets 

  Net foreign currency 

  exchange differences 

  Reclassification 

Balance at 
December 31, 2012 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

38.6 

5.6 

308.2 

40.8 

285.7 

34.9 

(0.6) 

(0.2) 

– 

(1.4) 

(11.1) 

(1.3) 

– 

(0.6) 

(2.9) 

22.4 

5.2 

(1.8) 

(0.2) 

– 

7.8 

0.8 

662.7

87.3

(0.2) 

(15.1)

(0.2) 

– 

(2.5)

(2.9)

43.4 

346.3 

306.0 

25.6 

8.2 

729.5

87

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Specialty 
Chemicals 
Plant &  
Equipment 

Land 

Buildings 

Energy  Construction 
Services 
Products 
Retailing  Distribution 

Equipment 

Leasehold
Equipment  Improvements 

Total

Cost 

Balance at 
December 31, 2012 

  Additions 

  Additions from 

  business combinations 

  Disposals 

Investment in 
  supply agreement 

  Net foreign currency 

  exchange differences 

  Other 

Balance at 
December 31, 2013 

Accumulated Depreciation 

Balance at 
December 31, 2012 

  Depreciation expense 

  Eliminated on 

  disposal of assets 

  Net foreign currency 

  exchange differences 

  Other 

Balance at 
December 31, 2013 

Carrying Amount 

29.7 

148.6 

– 

– 

(0.7) 

– 

0.5 

– 

2.2 

– 

(0.5) 

– 

4.5 

– 

738.3 

36.5 

589.8 

36.5 

43.3 

6.0 

– 

– 

23.5 

17.9 

– 

2.6 

(10.9) 

– 

12.3 

(0.9) 

– 

(2.8) 

– 

1.5 

0.1 

9.7 

2.3 

– 

(0.9) 

1,559.4

83.5

2.6

(15.8)

– 

23.5

0.2 

(0.1) 

36.9

(0.9)

29.5 

154.8 

816.2 

629.4 

48.1 

11.2 

1,689.2

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

43.4 

6.0 

346.3 

36.5 

306.0 

34.6 

25.6 

5.4 

8.2 

0.5 

729.5

83.0

(0.5) 

1.1 

– 

– 

6.3 

– 

(7.8) 

2.5 

(0.6) 

(2.6) 

(0.8) 

(11.7)

1.0 

– 

0.1 

0.1 

11.0

(0.5)

50.0 

389.1 

334.7 

29.4 

8.1 

811.3

As at December 31, 2012 

As at December 31, 2013 

29.7 

29.5 

105.2 

104.8 

392.0 

427.1 

283.8 

294.7 

17.7 

18.7 

1.5 

3.1 

829.9

877.9

Depreciation per cost category:

Cost of sales (1) 

Selling, distribution and administrative costs 

Total 

2013 

41.3 

42.2 

83.5 

2012

44.9

42.4

87.3

(1)  The  cost  of  Specialty  Chemicals’  finished  goods  inventory  includes  an  allocation  of  fixed  production  overheads,  which  includes  depreciation. 
Depreciation included in costs of sales includes a charge of $0.5 million which is reflected in the cost of inventory as at December 31, 2013 (December 
31, 2012 – $0.2 million).

The carrying value of Superior’s property, plant, and equipment includes $68.9 million of leased assets as at 

December 31, 2013 (December 31, 2012 — $67.8 million).

88

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On October 20, 2012, a kerosene leak was discovered in the bottom of a storage tank at U.S. refined fuels 

Marcy terminal location. The leak was investigated and contained by management. U.S. refined fuels then 

notified the Department of Environmental Conservation (DEC) which performed an independent review of 

the leak and other tanks at this location. On December 27, 2012, the DEC issued a notice of violation based 

on its inspections and subsequent to discussions between management and the DEC, a consent order was 

issued to U.S. refined fuels on February 4, 2013. The consent order stated that the secondary containment 

system and storage tanks were not in compliance with DEC design requirements and needed to be rebuilt 

to specific standards by September 1, 2013 in order to remain operational. The consent order was modified 

October 2013 to extend the requirement to rebuild to specific standards by September 1, 2014. Repair of the 

facility has been suspended pending the outcome of a dispute between Superior and the previous owner 

and  operator  of  the  facility  as  to  responsibility  for  the  repair.  This  decision  is  not  expected  to  have  any 

material impact on the operations of U.S. refined fuels or operating results going forward.

Due to the leak and receipt of the consent order, management has performed a detailed impairment review 

of the Marcy terminal to assess whether the carrying value of all the storage tanks exceeds their recoverable 

amount. The recoverable amount of the assets was based on management’s estimate of the fair value less 

costs to sell. Based on a detailed review by management, the fair value less costs to sell of the storage tanks 

was lower than the carrying value. In 2012, an impairment charge of $4.7 million was recorded against net 

earnings along with a $4.7 million reduction in the carrying value of the impaired storage tanks. 

11. 

Intangible Assets

Energy
Services

Customer 
Contract- 

Customer 

  Trademarks,  Construction 
Products 
Base &   Distribution 
Intangible 
Assets 

Related  Non-Compete 
Costs  Agreements 

Specialty
Chemicals
Royalty
Assets and 
Patents 

Investment
Property 

Total

39.8 

69.7 

1.7 

65.4 

1.0 

177.6

Cost 
Balance at December 31, 2011 

  Additions from internal 

  development activities 

  Additions acquired separately 

  Disposals  

  Reclassifications 

  Net foreign currency 

  exchange differences 

– 

1.1 

– 

– 

– 

Balance at December 31, 2012 

40.9 

Accumulated Amortization 

Balance at December 31, 2011 

  Amortization expense 

  Disposals 

  Reclassification 

  Net foreign currency exchange

 differences 

Balance at December 31, 2012 

31.2 

3.3 

– 

– 

  – 

34.5 

1.0 

0.1 

(1.7) 

2.4 

(1.0) 

70.5 

20.7 

17.0 

(1.0) 

2.6 

(0.5) 

38.8 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1.0

1.2

(1.7)

2.4

(1.0)

1.7 

65.4 

1.0 

179.5

1.0 

0.2 

– 

– 

  – 

1.2 

59.1 

6.3 

– 

– 

  – 

65.4 

– 

– 

– 

– 

  – 

– 

112.0

26.8

(1.0)

2.6

(0.5)

139.9

89

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Energy
Services

Customer 
Contract- 

Customer 

  Trademarks,  Construction 
Products 
Base &   Distribution 
Intangible 
Assets 

Related  Non-Compete 
Costs  Agreements 

Specialty
Chemicals
Royalty
Assets and 
Patents 

Investment
Property 

Total

Cost 

Balance at December 31, 2012 

40.9 

70.5 

1.7 

65.4 

1.0 

179.5

  Acquisitions through 

  business combinations 

  Additions from internal 

  development activities 

  Additions acquired separately 

Impairment losses charged 

to net earnings  

  Disposals 

  Net foreign currency 

  exchange differences 

  Other (derecognition of assets)   

Balance at December 31, 2013 

– 

– 

0.8 

– 

– 

– 

(25.1) 

16.6 

Accumulated Amortization and Impairment 

Balance at December 31, 2012 

  Amortization expense 

  Disposal 

Impairment losses charged 

to net earnings 

  Net foreign currency 

  exchange differences 

  Other (derecognition of assets)   

Balance at December 31, 2013 

Carrying value (1) 

As at December 31, 2012 

As at December 31, 2013 

34.5 

2.9 

– 

– 

– 

(25.1) 

12.3 

3.5 

7.7 

0.1 

(43.1) 

(11.5) 

3.0 

– 

30.2 

38.8 

16.3 

(11.6) 

(29.2) 

1.7 

0.1 

16.1 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(0.7) 

– 

– 

– 

3.5

7.7

0.9

(43.8)

(11.5)

3.0

(25.1)

1.7 

65.4 

0.3 

114.2

1.2 

0.2 

– 

– 

– 

– 

65.4 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1.4 

65.4 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

139.9

19.4

(11.6)

(29.2)

1.7

(25.0)

95.2

39.6

19.0

6.4 

4.3 

31.7 

14.1 

0.5 

0.3 

– 

– 

1.0 

0.3 

(1)   Superior has pledged 100% of the intangible assets balance as at December 31, 2013, excluding leased assets, as security on its borrowing.

An impairment charge was recorded to the intangible assets of Superior’s Energy Services’ segment during 

the fourth quarter; see Note 13 for further details.

Depreciation per cost category:

Selling, distribution and administrative costs  

Total 

2013 

19.4 

19.4 

2012

26.8

26.8

90

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12.  Investment Properties

At Cost 

Investment property 

Depreciation expense 

Impairment losses charged to net earnings  

Accumulated amortization and impairment 

Carrying value 

Rental income from investment properties 

Net income from investment properties 

All of Superior’s investment property is held under freehold interests.

Fair value of investment properties 

Investment property is included with intangible assets on the balance sheet.

13.  Goodwill

Balance at the beginning of the year 

  Additional amounts recognized from business combinations during the year 

  Purchase price equation adjustments 

Impairment of Energy Services  

Balance at the end of the year 

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets

2013 

1.0 

– 

 (0.7) 

 (0.7) 

0.3 

2013 

– 

– 

2013 

1.0 

2012

1.1

(0.1)

–

(0.1)

1.0

2012

–

–

2012

1.0

2013 

189.1 

5.5 

– 

(0.9) 

2012

186.1

2.6

0.4

–

193.7 

189.1

All  CGU’s  to  which  goodwill  has  been  allocated  are  tested  for  impairment  annually,  or  more  frequently 

when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. Below is a summary of the result of the annual 

impairment test of the U.S. refined fuels CGU. 

91

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
Energy Services

During the fourth quarter of 2013 it was determined that Superior’s Energy Services’ segment was impaired. 

As such, Superior completed a detailed assessment of the business segment’s operations. The recoverable 

amount  of  the  Energy  Services’  segment  was  determined  using  a  detailed  cash  flow  model  based  on 

current  market  assumptions  surrounding  the  U.S.  refined  fuels  industry,  which  was  adversely  affected  by 

the  challenging  wholesale  market  conditions  and  lower-than-expected  customer  growth.  Based  on  the 

calculated recoverable amount, it was determined that the goodwill and intangible assets for U.S. refined 

fuels  were  impaired.  A  goodwill  impairment  charge  of  $0.9  million  and  an  intangible  assets  impairment 

charge  of  $14.6  million  were  recognized  as  reductions  in  the  carrying  values  of  the  respective  balances 

during the fourth quarter of 2013.

Basis on Which Recoverable Amount was Determined

The recoverable amount for U.S. refined fuels was determined using a detailed cash flow model which was 

based  on  evidence  from  an  internal  budget  approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors.  Management’s  internal 

budgets are based on past experience and were adjusted to reflect market trends and economic conditions. 

The  resulting  recoverable  amount  was  then  compared  to  the  carrying  amount  of  the  business  segment 

which resulted in an impairment charge that was allocated to goodwill and intangible assets. The impairment 

charge was recognized as an expense against Superior’s net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2013. 

Key Rates Used in Calculation of Recoverable Amount

Growth Rate to Perpetuity

The first five years of cash flow projections used in the model were based on management’s internal budgets 

and projections after five years were extrapolated using growth rates in line with historical long-term growth 

rates. The long-term growth rate used in determining the recoverable amount for U.S. refined fuels was 2.0%.

Discount Rates

Cash flows in the model were discounted using a discount rate specific to U.S. refined fuels. Discount rates 

reflect  the  current  market  assessments  of  the  time  value  of  money  and  are  derived  from  the  business 

segment’s weighted average cost of capital. Risks specific to U.S. refined fuels were reflected within the cash 

flow model. The weighted average cost of capital was then adjusted to reflect the impact of tax in order to 

calculate an equivalent pre-tax discount rate. The after-tax discount rate used in determining the recoverable 

amount for U.S. refined fuels was 11.2%

92

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.Inflation Rates

Inflation rates used in the cash flow model were based on a blend of a number of publicly available inflation 

forecasts. The inflation rate used in determining the recoverable amount for U.S. refined fuels was 2.0%.

Key Assumptions

The model used to determine the recoverable amount of U.S. refined fuels includes the assumption that the 

growth of the business in 2014 will be less than anticipated and wholesale market challenges will continue 

into 2014. 

14.  Provisions

Balance at December 31, 2011 

Utilization 

Additions 

Unwinding of discount  

Impact of change in discount rate 

Net foreign currency exchange difference 

Balance at December 31, 2012 

Utilization 

Additions  

Unwinding of discount  

Impact of change in discount rate 

Net foreign currency exchange difference 

Balance at December 31, 2013 

Current 

Non-current 

Restructuring

Restructuring   Decommissioning  

Environmental  

– 

– 

5.5 

– 

– 

– 

5.5 

(2.8) 

9.5 

– 

– 

– 

12.2 

15.5 

– 

– 

0.4 

0.4 

(0.1) 

16.2 

– 

0.2 

(0.6) 

(2.0) 

0.5 

14.3 

1.7 

(0.3) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1.4 

(0.6) 

0.4 

– 

– 

0.1 

1.3 

2013 

8.3 

19.5 

27.8 

Total

17.2

(0.3)

5.5

0.4

0.4

(0.1)

23.1

(3.4)

10.1

(0.6)

(2.0)

0.6

27.8

2012

5.5 

17.6 

23.1 

Restructuring costs are recorded in selling, distribution, and administrative costs. As at December 31, 2013, 

the restructuring expense was $9.5 million (December 31, 2012 – $5.5 million). Provisions for restructuring 

are recorded in provisions, except for the current portion, which is recorded in trade and other payables.   

As  at  December  31,  2013,  the  current  portion  of  restructuring  costs  was  $8.3  million  (December  31,  2012 

–  $5.5  million).  As  at  December  31,  2013,  the  long-term  portion  of  restructuring  costs  was  $3.9  million  

(December 31, 2013 – $nil).  The provision is primarily for severance, lease costs and consulting fees.

93

 2013 Annual Report 
  
 
Decommissioning 

Specialty Chemicals

Superior  makes  full  provision  for  the  future  cost  of  decommissioning  Specialty  Chemicals’  chemical 

facilities.  The  provision  is  on  a  discounted  basis  and  is  based  on  existing  technologies  at  current  prices 

or  long-term  price  assumptions,  depending  on  the  activity’s  expected  timing.  As  at  December  31,  2013, 

the discount rate used in Superior’s calculation was 3.14% (December 31, 2012 — 2.4%). Superior estimates 

the total undiscounted expenditures required to settle its decommissioning liabilities to be approximately  

$20.6  million  (December  31,  2012  —  $20.1  million)  which  will  be  paid  over  the  next  18  to  26  years.  While 

Superior’s  provision  for  decommissioning  costs  is  based  on  the  best  estimate  of  future  costs  and  the 

economic lives of the chemical facilities, the amount and timing of incurring these costs is uncertain. 

Energy Services

Superior  makes  full  provision  for  the  future  costs  of  decommissioning  certain  assets  associated  with  the 

Energy  Services’  segment.  Superior  estimates  the  total  undiscounted  expenditures  required  to  settle  its 

asset retirement obligations to be approximately $9.5 million at December 31, 2013 (December 31, 2012 —  

$8.8  million)  which  will  be  paid  over  the  next  18  years.  The  credit-adjusted  free-risk  rate  of  3.14%  at  

December 31, 2013 (December 31, 2012 — 2.4%) was used to calculate the present value of the estimated 

cash flows.

Environmental 

Provisions  for  environmental  remediation  are  made  when  a  clean-up  is  probable  and  the  amount  of  the 

obligation  can  be  reliably  estimated.  Generally,  this  coincides  with  a  commitment  to  a  formal  plan  or,  

if earlier, on divestment or closure of inactive sites. Superior estimates the total undiscounted expenditures 

required  to  settle  its  environmental  expenditures  to  be  approximately  $1.3  million  at  December  31,  2013 

(December 31, 2012 — $1.4 million) which will be paid over the next two years. The provision for environmental 

expenditures  has  been  estimated  using  existing  technology,  at  current  prices  and  discounted  using  a 

risk-free discount rate of 3.14% at December 31, 2013 (December 31, 2012 — 2.4%). The extent and cost of 

future remediation programs are inherently difficult to estimate. They depend on the scale of any possible 

contamination, the timing and extent of corrective actions, and Superior’s share of the liability. 

94

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.15.  Trade and Other Payables

A summary of trade and other payables is as follows:

Trade payables 

Net benefit obligation  

Restructuring provision 

Other payables 

Amounts due to customers under construction contracts 

Share-based payments 

Trade and other payables 

Notes 

20 

14 

9 

27 

2013 

300.7 

3.8 

8.3 

63.2 

1.3 

18.9 

2012 (1)

236.1

3.6

5.5

62.1

1.3

9.9

396.2 

318.5

(1)  In the third quarter of 2013, Superior discovered an understatement of trade and other payables and an overstatement of prepaid expenses, which 
relates to fiscal 2010 and 2009. Superior has corrected the prior-period error in accordance with IAS 8 – Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting 
Estimates and Errors which states that an entity shall correct material prior-period errors retrospectively in the first set of financial statements authorized 
for issuance after their discovery, by restating comparative amounts for the prior-period presented in which the error occurred or, if the error occurred 
before  the  earliest  prior-period  presented,  restating  the  opening  balances  of  assets,  liabilities  and  equity  for  the  earliest  prior-period  presented. 
Consequently, as at January 1, 2012, to correct the error, Superior increased the deficit by $8.8 million (refer to the consolidated statement of changes 
in  equity)  and  increased  trade  and  other  payables  by  $4.4  million,  reduced  prepaid  expenses  by  $4.2  million,  and  decreased  accumulated  other 
comprehensive loss by $0.2 million.

The average credit period on purchases by Superior is 23 days. No interest is charged on the trade payables 

between seven and 30 days from the date of the invoice. Thereafter, interest is charged at 12% per annum 

on the balance. Superior’s financial risk management policies ensure that payables are normally paid within 

the pre-agreed credit terms. 

16.  Deferred Revenue

Balance at the beginning of the year 

  Deferred during the year 

  Released to net earnings 

  Foreign exchange impact  

Balance at the end of the year 

Current 

Non-current 

 2013 

19.2 

33.2 

(28.5) 

1.3 

25.2 

 2013 

24.8 

0.4 

25.2 

 2012

14.2

29.1

(23.9)

(0.2)

19.2

 2012

18.2

1.0

19.2

The  deferred  revenue  relates  to  Energy  Services’  unearned  service  revenue  and  Specialty  Chemicals’ 

unearned product-related revenues.

95

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17.  Borrowing 

Revolving term bank credits (1) 

  Bankers Acceptances (BA) 

Year of
Maturity 

Effective Interest Rate 

2013 

2012

2016 

Floating BA rate plus 
  applicable credit spread 

  Canadian Prime Rate Loan  

2016 

Prime rate plus credit spread 

  LIBOR Loans 

(US$129.0 million; 2012 – US$138.0 million) 

2016 

Floating LIBOR rate plus 
  applicable credit spread 

  US Base Rate Loan 

(US$11.5 million; 2012 – US$34.6 million) 

2016 

US Prime rate plus credit 
  spread 

Other Debt 
  Accounts receivable factoring program (2) 

– 

Floating BA Plus 

  Deferred consideration 

2014-2016  Non-interest bearing 

246.5 

26.3 

148.6

13.0

137.3 

137.3

12.2 

422.3 

34.5

333.4

9.3 

4.0 

13.3 

–

2.7

2.7

Senior Secured Notes (3) 
  Senior secured notes subject to 

  fixed interest rates (US$60.0 million; 
  2012 – US$92.0 million)  

Senior Unsecured Debentures 

2014-2015 

7.62% 

63.8 

91.5

  Senior unsecured debentures (4) 

2016 

8.25% 

– 

150.0

Finance Lease Obligations 

Finance lease obligations (Note 18) 

Total borrowing before deferred financing fees 

Deferred financing fees 

Borrowing 

Current maturities 

Borrowing (5) 

79.3 

578.7 

(2.6) 

576.1 

(67.0) 

509.1 

62.0

639.6

(5.2)

634.4

(59.7)

574.7

(1)  On June 10, 2013, Superior and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Superior Plus Financing Inc. and Commercial E Industrial (Chile) Limitada, extended 
their $570.0 million credit facility which can be expanded up to $750.0 million. The credit facility matures on June 27, 2016 and is secured by a general 
charge over the assets of Superior and certain of its subsidiaries. As at December 31, 2013, Superior had $27.9 million of outstanding letters of credit 
(December 31, 2012 – $31.1 million) and approximately $115.3 million of outstanding financial guarantees (December 31, 2012 – $121.9 million). The 
fair value of Superior’s revolving term bank credit facilities, other debt, letters of credit, and financial guarantees approximates their carrying value as a 
result of the market based-interest rates, the short-term nature of the underlying debt instruments and other related factors.

(2)  Superior has entered into a Master Receivables Purchase Agreement (MRPA) with a financial institution by which it may purchase from time to time, on 
an uncommitted revolving basis, 100% interest in receivables from Superior. The maximum aggregate amount of purchased receivables purchased by 
the financial institution under this agreement and outstanding at any time is limited to $15.0 million. As at December 31, 2013, the accounts receivable 
factoring program totalled CDN $9.3 million (December 31, 2012 – CDN $nil).

(3)  Senior secured notes (the Notes) totalling US $60.0 million and US $92.0 million (respectively, CDN $63.8 million at December 31, 2013 and CDN $91.5 
million at December 31, 2012) are secured by a general charge over the assets of Superior and certain of its subsidiaries. Principal repayments began in 
the fourth quarter of 2009. Management has estimated the fair value of the Notes based on comparisons to Treasury instruments with similar maturities, 
interest rates and credit risk profiles. The estimated fair value of the Notes as at December 31, 2013 was CDN $68.5 million (December 31, 2012 – CDN 
$94.4 million).

(4)  Superior redeemed all of its outstanding $150.0 million 8.25% senior unsecured debentures due October 27, 2016 in accordance with the indenture 
governing the 8.25% Debentures on October 28, 2013. The 8.25% Debentures were redeemed at the redemption price set forth in the indenture of 
$1,041.25 per $1,000 principal amount of 8.25% Debentures, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon up to October 28, 2013, for a total 
amount on redemption of $1,041.47603 per $1,000 principal amount of 8.25% Debentures. 

(5)  On February 14, 2014, Superior closed a $125.0 million term loan facility which matures on August 14, 2014. The term loan facility provides additional 
liquidity to ensure Superior has sufficient financial flexibility to manage short term fluctuations in working capital requirements. Throughout the end 
of 2013 and the beginning of 2014, Superior’s working capital requirements have increased due to a rise in the wholesale cost of propane. Superior 
anticipates that the wholesale cost of propane and the related working capital will normalize throughout the remainder of the 2014 heating season. 
Superior intends to repay the credit facility before the facility maturity date. 

96

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repayment requirements of borrowing before deferred finance costs are as follows:

Current maturities 

Due in 2015 

Due in 2016 

Due in 2017 

Due in 2018 

Due in 2019 

Subsequent to 2019 

Total 

18.  Leasing Arrangements

Operating Lease Commitments

67.0

57.2

439.5

6.5

4.6

3.9

–

578.7

Superior has entered into leases on certain vehicles, rail cars, premises and other equipment. Leases have an 

average life of between three and five years with no renewal option included in the contracts. There are no 

restrictions placed upon Superior by entering into these leases.

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

Not later than one year 

Later than one year and not later than five years 

Later than five years 

 2013 

39.3 

93.7 

66.0 

199.0 

 2012

38.1

89.9

35.6

163.6

Obligations under Finance Lease

Finance  leases  relate  to  fuel  distribution  and  construction  products  vehicles,  equipment  and  office  space 

with lease terms of five to 15 years. Superior has options to purchase the assets for a nominal amount at the 

conclusion of the lease agreements. Superior’s obligations under finance leases are secured by the lessors’ 

title to the leased assets.

In October 2013, Specialty Chemicals entered into a supply agreement with Tronox LLC (“Tronox”) to purchase 

up  to  130,000  MT  of  sodium  chlorate  per  year  from  Tronox’s  Hamilton,  Mississippi  facility,  as  nominated 

annually by Specialty Chemicals. The initial term of the agreement extends to December 31, 2016 and may be 

automatically extended in one year increments thereafter. Under the agreement, Tronox will continue to own 

and operate the facility, and Specialty Chemicals will purchase sodium chlorate to meet customer demands 

under certain customer contracts being assumed and to supply other existing and new customers. Specialty 

Chemicals  paid  an  initial  fee  of  $4.3  million  and  will  incur  a  quarterly  fee  of  $0.8  million  during  the  initial 

term, plus a cost for sodium chlorate delivered. As part of the Agreement, Specialty Chemicals will acquire 

finished inventory and assume existing railcar leases and customer contracts, as assigned. Additionally, the 

parties have entered into a strategic long-term agreement for the supply of chloralalkali product by Specialty 

Chemicals to service Tronox’s requirements in North America. Under the agreement, if the annual nominated 

volume by Specialty Chemicals is less than the specified volume of product set out in the agreement, Tronox 

may terminate the agreement early, at its sole option and its sole cost to permanently shut down the plant 

for  the  manufacture  of  sodium  chlorate.  Superior  recognized  approximately  $19.2  million  of  finance  lease 

obligations upon execution of the agreement. 

97

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Not later than one year 

Later than one year and not later than five years 

Later than five years 

Less: future finance charges 

Present value of minimum lease payments 

Included in the Consolidated Financial Statements as:

Current portion of finance lease 

Non-current portion of finance lease 

Minimum Lease Payments 

Present Value of Minimum 
Lease Payments

2013 

20.3 

63.5 

4.3 

(8.8) 

79.3 

2012 

17.0 

49.5 

3.1 

(7.6) 

62.0 

2013 

19.0 

56.5 

3.8 

– 

79.3 

2013 

24.8 

54.5 

79.3 

2012

16.4

43.1

2.5

–

62.0

2012

16.4

45.6

62.0

19.  Convertible Unsecured Subordinated Debentures 

Superior’s debentures are as follows:

Maturity  

October 

December 

2015 (1)(2) 

2014 (3) 

Interest rate 
Conversion price per share 

5.85% 
$31.25 

7.50% 
$13.10 

Face value, December 31, 2012 
Conversions 
Debentures issued 
Debentures redeemed 
Face value, December 31, 2013 
Issuance costs, December 31, 2012 
Issuance costs incurred 
Redemption adjustment 
Accretion of issuance costs 
Issuance costs, December 31, 2013 
Discount value, December 31, 2012 
Impact of redemption 
Accretion of discount value 
Discount value, December 31, 2013 
Option value, December 31, 2013 
Debentures outstanding as at  
  December 31, 2013 
Debentures outstanding as at   
  December 31, 2012 
Quoted market value as at   
  December 31, 2013 
Quoted market value as at     
  December 31, 2012 

June 
2017 
5.75% 
$19.00 

172.5 
– 
– 
– 
172.5 
(4.8) 
– 
– 
1.0 
(3.8) 
(0.1) 
– 
– 
(0.1) 
– 

June 
2018 
6.0% 
$15.10 

150.0 
– 
– 
– 
150.0 
(4.6) 
– 
– 
0.7 
(3.9) 
(1.4) 
– 
0.2 
(1.2) 
– 

October 
2016 
7.50% 
$11.35 

June
2019 (4) 
6.0% 
16.75 

Total
Carrying
Value

75.0 
– 
– 
– 
75.0 
(2.6) 
– 
– 
0.6 
(2.0) 
(0.4) 
– 
0.1 
(0.3) 
– 

– 
– 
97.0 
– 
97.0 
– 
(3.7) 
– 
0.1 
(3.6) 
– 
– 
0.4 
0.4 
(10.6) 

541.5
(0.1)
97.0
(143.9)
494.5
(14.1)
(3.7)
1.8
2.7
(13.3)
(2.3)
0.4
0.7
(1.2)
(10.6)

75.0 
– 
– 
(75.0) 
– 
(0.7) 
– 
0.7 
– 
– 
(0.2) 
0.2 
– 
– 
– 

69.0 
(0.1) 
– 
(68.9) 
– 
(1.4) 
– 
1.1 
0.3 
– 
(0.2) 
0.2 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

168.6 

144.9 

72.7 

83.2 

469.4

74.1 

67.4 

167.6 

144.0 

72.0 

– 

525.1

– 

– 

174.4 

156.8 

86.3 

99.5 

517.0

75.2 

71.4 

169.2 

148.0 

84.2 

– 

548.0

(1)   Superior redeemed $50.0 million of the 5.85% October 2015 convertible unsecured subordinated debentures, on January 3, 2013.
(2)   Superior redeemed the remaining $25.0 million 5.85% October 2015 convertible unsecured subordinated debentures, on April 9, 2013.
(3)   Superior redeemed the full $68.9 million 7.50% December 2014 convertible unsecured subordinated debentures, on September 3, 2013.
(4)   Superior issued the 6.00% unsecured subordinated debentures due June 2019 on July 22, 2013.

98

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
The debentures may be converted into shares at the option of the holder at any time prior to maturity and 

may  be  redeemed  by  Superior  in  certain  circumstances.  Superior  may  elect  to  pay  interest  and  principal 

upon  maturity  or  redemption  by  issuing  shares  to  a  trustee  in  the  case  of  interest  payments,  and  to  the 

debenture holders in the case of payment of principal. The number of any shares issued will be determined 

based on market prices for the shares at the time of issuance. Superior also has a cash conversion put option 

which allows Superior to settle any conversion of debentures in cash, in lieu of delivering common shares 

to the debenture holders of the October 2016, June 2018 and June 2019 convertible debentures. The cash 

conversion put option has been classified as an embedded derivative and measured at fair value through net 

earnings (FVTNE) (see Note 21 for further details).

20.  Employee Future Benefits

The most recent actuarial valuations of plan assets and the present value of the defined benefit obligation 

were  carried  out  on  December  31,  2013  by  Aon  Hewitt  Associates  LLC.  The  present  value  of  the  defined 

benefit  obligation,  and  the  related  current  service  cost  and  past  service  cost,  were  measured  using  the 

projected unit credit method.

The principal assumptions used for the purpose of the actuarial valuation were as follows:

Discount rate 

Expected rate of compensation increase  

Mortality rate  

Defined Benefit Plans 

Other Benefit Plans

2013 

3.75% 

 3.00% 

10.00% 

2012 

4.25% 

3.25% 

2013 

3.75% 

3.00% 

2012

4.25%

3.25%

10.00% 

10.00% 

10.00% 

Energy  Services  and  Specialty  Chemicals  have  defined  benefit  and  defined  contribution  pension  plans 

covering  most  employees.  The  benefits  provided  under  defined  benefit  pension  plans  are  based  on 

the  individual  employee’s  years  of  service  and  the  highest  average  earnings  for  a  specified  number  of 

consecutive years. Information about Superior’s defined benefit and other post-retirement benefit plans as at  

December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 in aggregate is as follows:

Recognized Net (Asset) Liability Arising from Defined Benefit Obligation 

Energy Services’ 
Pension Benefit Plans 

Specialty Chemicals’ 
Pension Benefit Plans 

Other
Benefit Plans

Balance as at December 31, 2012 

Present value of defined benefit obligations  

Fair value of plan assets 

Net liability arising from defined benefit obligation  

Balance as at December 31, 2013

Present value of defined benefit obligations 

Fair value of plan assets 

Net (asset) liability arising from defined benefit obligation 

49.3 

(42.4) 

6.9 

44.5 

(46.3) 

(1.8) 

108.3 

(82.1) 

26.2 

105.5 

(99.4) 

6.1 

24.6

–

24.6

22.8

–

22.8

99

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Movements in defined benefit obligations and plan assets: 

Energy Services’ 
Pension Benefit Plans 

Specialty Chemicals’ 
Pension Benefit Plans 

Other
Benefit Plans

2013 

2012 (1) 

2013 

2012 (1) 

2013 

2012 (1)

Movement in the present value of the 
  defined benefit obligation during the year: 

Benefit obligation at January 1 

Current service cost 

Interest cost 

Contributions by the plan participants  

Actuarial (gains) losses 

Past service cost 

Benefits paid 

Benefit obligation as at December 31 

Movement in the fair value of the 
  plan assets during the year: 

Fair value of plan assets at January 1 

Expected return on plan assets 

Contributions by the employer 

Contributions by plan participants  

Benefits paid 

Partial plan wind-up surplus withdrawal 

Administration expenses  

Payment from defined benefit 
  surplus to defined contribution plan  

Fair value of plan assets as at December 31 

Funded status – plan surplus (deficit) 

Net asset (obligation) arising from defined  
  benefit obligation  

Impact of adopting IAS 19 – 
  Employee Benefits, amendments 

  Current portion of net benefit obligation 
recorded in trade and other payables 

  Non-current net benefit asset  

(obligation) (2013 – $23.3 million;  

  2012 – $54.0 million) 

49.3 

– 

1.9  

– 

(2.0)  

– 

 (4.7) 

44.5 

42.4  

 6.8  

3.0  

– 

 (4.7) 

(0.8) 

(0.3) 

(0.1) 

 46.3 

 1.8 

48.6 

0.1 

 2.0  

– 

 1.9  

0.7 

108.3 

96.3 

2.7  

 4.1  

 0.1  

(6.7)  

0.3 

 2.3  

 4.1  

 0.1  

 8.9  

– 

 (4.0)  

 (3.3) 

 (3.4) 

49.3 

105.5 

108.3 

39.1  

 4.8  

 3.0  

– 

 (4.0) 

– 

(0.4) 

(0.1) 

42.4 

 (6.9) 

82.1  

13.6  

7.2  

0.1 

 (3.3) 

– 

(0.3) 

– 

99.4 

 (6.1) 

 70.6  

 8.4  

 6.6  

0.1 

 (3.4) 

– 

(0.2) 

– 

82.1 

24.6 

 0.3  

0.7 

– 

33.6

 0.1 

 1.3 

–

 (1.6)  

 (9.4) 

– 

 (1.2) 

22.8 

– 

– 

 1.2  

– 

 (1.2) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

(1.0)

24.6

–

–

 1.0 

–

 (1.0)

–

–

–

–

 (26.2) 

 (22.8) 

 (24.6)

1.8 

(6.9) 

(6.1) 

(26.2) 

(22.8) 

(24.6)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(0.1)

 (3.4) 

 (3.3) 

(0.4) 

(0.3)

1.8 

(6.9) 

(2.7) 

(22.9) 

(22.4) 

(24.2)

(1)  December 31, 2012 has been restated for the impact of IAS 19 – Employee Benefits, amendments effective January 1, 2013. Refer to Note 2.

The accrued net pension asset related to the Energy Services’ pension benefit plan on December 31, 2013 

was $1.8 million (December 31, 2012 – obligation of $6.9 million), and the expense for 2013 was $0.8 million 

(December  31,  2012  –  $1.7  million).  The  accrued  net  benefit  obligation  related  to  the  Specialty  Chemicals 

pension  benefit  plan  on  December  31,  2013  was  $6.1  million  (December  31,  2012  –  $26.2  million),  and  the 

expense for 2013 was $4.2 million (December 31, 2012 – $3.5 million). 

100

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The accrued net benefit obligation related to the total other benefit plans of Energy Services and Specialty 

Chemicals on December 31, 2013 was $22.8 million (December 31, 2012 – $24.6 million), and the expense for 

2013 was $1.1 million (December 31, 2012 – $1.5 million).

Amounts recognized in net earnings in respect of these defined benefit plans are as follows for the years 

ended December 31:

Service Cost: 

  Current service cost 

  Past service cost 

Net interest expense  

Components of defined benefit costs recognized in net earnings  

2013 

 2012 (1)

3.1 

0.3 

2.7 

6.1 

2.6

0.7

3.4

6.7

(1)  December 31, 2012 has been restated for the impact of adopting IAS 19 – Employee Benefits, amendments effective January 1, 2013. Refer to Note 2.

The  service  cost  and  the  net  interest  expense  related  to  Energy  Services  and  Specialty  Chemicals  on 

December 31, 2013 was $6.1 million (December 31, 2012 – $6.7 million) and is included in selling, distribution 

and administrative costs. 

The remeasurement of the net defined benefit liability is included in other comprehensive loss. The amount 

recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss in respect of these benefit plans are as follows: 

Actuarial defined benefit gains (before income taxes) 

Cumulative actuarial losses (before income taxes) 

2013 

26.4 

(7.7) 

 2012 (1)

7.2

(34.1)

(1)  December 31, 2012 has been restated for the impact of adopting IAS 19 – Employee Benefits, amendments effective January 1, 2013. Refer to Note 2.

Remeasurement on the net defined benefit obligation: 

Cumulative actuarial losses, beginning of the year  

Actuarial asset experience gain  

Actuarial (loss) gain arising from changes in demographic assumptions  

Actuarial gain (loss) arising from changes in financial assumptions 

Actuarial (loss) gain arising from changes in experience adjustments  

Cumulative actuarial losses, end of the year  

2013 

(34.1) 

15.9 

(4.4) 

15.6 

(0.7) 

(7.7) 

 2012 (1)

(41.4)

9.2

6.3

(9.8)

1.6

(34.1)

(1)  December 31, 2012 has been restated for the impact of adopting IAS 19 – Employee Benefits, amendments effective January 1, 2013. Refer to Note 2.

Significant  actuarial  assumptions  for  the  determination  of  the  accrued  defined  benefit  obligation  are 

discount  rate,  compensation  increase,  mortality  scale  and  trend  rate.  The  sensitivity  analyses  below  have 

been  determined  based  on  reasonably  possible  changes  of  the  respective  assumptions  occurring  as  at 

December 31, 2013, while holding all other assumptions constant. 

101

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
Discount Rate 

A  1%  change  in  the  discount  rate  would  result  in  a  change  to  the  accrued  defined  benefit  obligation  

related  to  Energy  Services  of  $4.8  million  (December  31,  2012  –  $5.3  million)  and  change  to  the  current 

service  expense  of  $0.1  million  (December  31,  2012  –  $nil).  A  1%  change  in  the  discount  rate  would  result  

in  a  change  to  the  accrued  defined  benefit  obligation  related  to  Specialty  Chemicals  of  $17.0  million  

(December  31,  2012  –  $18.0  million)  and  change  to  the  current  service  expense  of  $1.0  million  

(December 31, 2012 – $0.8 million).

Compensation Increase 

A  1%  change  in  the  salary  would  result  in  a  change  to  the  accrued  defined  benefit  obligation  related  to  

Energy  Services  of  $nil  (December  31,  2012  –  $nil)  and  change  to  the  current  service  expense  of  $nil 

(December 31, 2012 – $nil). A 1% change in salary would result in a change to the accrued defined benefit 

obligation related to Specialty Chemicals of $3.1 million (December 31, 2012 – $3.9 million) and change to the 

current service expense of $0.3 million (December 31, 2012 – $0.4 million).

Mortality Scale 

A  10%  change  in  the  mortality  scale  would  result  in  a  change  to  the  accrued  defined  benefit  obligation 

related  to  Energy  Services  of  $2.0  million  (December  31,  2012  –  $2.5  million)  and  change  to  the  

current  service  expense  of  $0.1  million  (December  31,  2012  –  $0.1  million).  A  10%  change  in  the  mortality 

scale would result in a change to the accrued defined benefit obligation related to Specialty Chemicals of 

$2.3  million  (December  31,  2012  –  $3.1  million)  and  change  to  the  current  service  expense  of  $0.2  million 

(December 31, 2012 – $0.2 million)

Trend Rate

A  1%  change  in  the  trend  rate  would  result  in  a  change  to  the  accrued  defined  benefit  obligation  related 

to Energy Services of $0.8 million (December 31, 2012 – $0.8 million) and a change to the current service  

expense of $nil (December 31, 2012 – $nil). A 1% change in the trend rate would result in a change to the 

accrued defined benefit obligation liability related to Specialty Chemicals of $0.7 million (December 31, 2012 

– $0.8 million) and a change to the current service expense of $nil (December 31, 2012 – $nil).

The  sensitivity  presented  above  may  not  be  representative  of  the  actual  change  in  the  accrued  defined 

benefit obligation as it is unlikely that the change in assumptions would occur in isolation of one another as 

some of the assumptions may be correlated. 

The present value of the defined benefit obligation has been calculated using the projected unit credit as at 

December 31, 2013, which is the same as that applied in calculating the accrued defined benefit obligation 

recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. 

102

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.There  was  no  change  in  the  methods  and  assumptions  used  in  preparing  the  sensitivity  analysis  from  

prior years. 

The average duration of the net benefit obligation related to Energy Services is 7.9 years (December 31, 2012 

– 8.1 years) and Specialty Chemicals is 13.5 years (December 31, 2012 – 14.0 years).

As at December 31, 2013 Superior expects to make a contribution of $9.2 million (December 31, 2012 – $10.3 

million) to the defined benefit plans during 2014.

Major categories of plan assets as a percentage of the fair value of total defined benefit plan assets:

Equities 

Bonds 

Other assets 

Energy Services’ 
Pension Benefit Plans 

Specialty Chemicals’
Benefit Benefit Plans

64.6% 

28.4% 

7.0% 

49.1%

50.9%

nil%

The  actual  return  on  Energy  Services  and  Specialty  Chemicals  plan  assets  in  2013  was  16.1%  and  12.9%, 

respectively (2012 – Energy Services – 11.1% and Specialty Chemicals – 11.4%).

As  at  December  31,  2013,  the  asset-matching  strategic  choices  that  are  formulated  in  the  actuarial  and 

technical policy of the total defined benefit plan assets are: 

Equities  

Bonds  

Other assets  

Energy Services’ 
Pension Benefit Plans 

Specialty Chemicals’ 
Pension Benefit Plans 

Other
Benefit Plans

55.0% 

40.0% 

5.0% 

60.0% 

40.0% 

nil% 

25.0%

75.0%

nil%

103

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
 
21.  Financial Instruments 

IFRS requires disclosure around fair value and specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether 

the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market 

data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect Superior’s market assumptions. 

These two types of input create the following fair-value hierarchy:

•   Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments.

•   Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar 
instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and 

value drivers are observable in active markets.

•   Level  3  —  Valuations  derived  from  valuation  techniques  in  which  one  or  more  significant  inputs  or 

significant value drivers are unobservable.

The fair value of a financial instrument is the consideration estimated to be agreed upon in an arm’s-length 

transaction  between  knowledgeable,  willing  parties  who  are  under  no  compulsion  to  act.  Fair  values  are 

determined by reference to quoted bid or asking prices, as appropriate, in the most advantageous active 

market for that instrument to which Superior has immediate access (Level 1). Where bid and ask prices are 

unavailable, Superior uses the closing price of the instrument’s most recent transaction. In the absence of 

an  active  market,  Superior  estimates  fair  values  based  on  prevailing  market  rates  (bid  and  ask  prices,  as 

appropriate)  for  instruments  with  similar  characteristics  and  risk  profiles  or  internal  or  external  valuation 

models, such as discounted cash flow analysis using, to the extent possible, observable market-based inputs 

(Level 2). Superior uses internally developed methodologies and unobservable inputs to determine the fair 

value of some financial instruments when required (Level 3).

Fair values determined using valuation models require assumptions concerning the amount and timing of 

estimated future cash flows and discount rates. In determining those assumptions, Superior looks primarily 

to available readily observable external market inputs including forecast commodity price curves, interest 

rate yield curves, currency rates, and price and rate volatilities as applicable.

In August 2012, Specialty Chemicals received a payment of $15.8 million from TransCanada Energy Ltd., a 

subsidiary of TransCanada Corporation, in connection with the arbitration ruling related to the Sundance Power 

Purchase  Agreement  (PPA)  between  TransAlta  Corporation  and  TransCanada  Corporation.  The  payment 

resulted from the electrical sales agreement (ESA) between TransCanada Corporation and Superior whereby 

TransCanada  Corporation  supplies  Superior  with  fixed-priced  energy  from  the  PPA.  A  one-time  gain  of  

$12.5 million, representing the payment, net of certain settlement costs, was recorded in cost of goods sold. 
This settlement relates to Specialty Chemicals’ fixed-price electricity purchase agreement, which expires in 

2017. Specialty Chemicals has begun to receive electricity production from the PPA as the Sundance units 

have partially started and therefore, are participating in accordance with the ESA’s terms.

With respect to the valuation of Specialty Chemicals’ fixed-price electricity agreement, the valuation of this 

agreement  requires  Superior  to  make  assumptions  about  the  long-term  price  of  electricity  in  electricity 

markets for which active market information is not available. The impact of the assumption for the long-term 

forward price curve of electricity has a material impact on the fair value of this agreement. A $1/MWh change 

in the forecast price of electricity would result in a change in the fair value of this agreement of $0.9 million, 

with a corresponding impact to net earnings before income taxes.

104

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.No changes in valuation techniques were made by Superior during the period ended December 31, 2013 and 

no financial instruments have been reclassified between the different fair value input levels.

All financial and non-financial derivatives are designated as held-for-trading upon their initial recognition.

Effective 
Rate 

  Fair Value
Input 
Level 

Asset (Liability)

Dec. 31, 
2013 

Dec. 31,
2012

CDN
$4.22/GJ 

Level 1 

(12.7) 

(42.2)

Description 

Notional (1) 

Term 

Natural gas financial  
  swaps – AECO 

Foreign currency forward  
  contracts, net sale 

22.42 GJ (2)  2014-2018 

US$569.4 (3)  2014-2017 

1.03 

Level 1 

29.2 

10.7

Foreign currency forward contracts, 
  balance sheet-related 

Interest rate swaps – CDN$ 

US$27.0 (3) 

2014 
$200.0 (3)  2014-2017 

Equity derivative contracts 

Debenture-embedded derivative 

$7.6 (3)  2014-2015 
$255.0 (3)  2014-2018 

1.01 

Level 1 

Six-month BA 
rate plus 2.65% 

Level 2 

$11.43/share 

Level 2 

1.6 

6.2 

1.5 

0.2

9.4

0.5

– 

Level 3 

(26.9) 

(19.8)

Energy Services’ butane  
  wholesale purchase and  
  sale contracts, net sale 

Energy Services’ propane  
  wholesale purchase and  
  sale contracts, net sale 

Energy Services’ electricity swaps 

Energy Services’ heating oil  
  purchase and sale contracts 

Specialty Chemicals’ fixed-price  
  electricity purchase agreements 

1.55 USG (4)  2014-2015 

$1.36/USG 

Level 2 

– 

(0.2)

6.33 USG (4) 
2014 
0.89MWh (5)  2014-2018 

$1.20/USG 

Level 2 

$39.17/MWh 

Level 2 

12.6 Gallons (4) 

2014  US$3.38 /Gallon 

Level 2 

29-45 MW (6)  2014-2017 

$37-$59/MWh 

Level 3 

1.9 

(6.1) 

0.2 

1.9 

0.7

(10.3)

(0.2)

1.6

(1)   Notional values as at December 31, 2013. 
(2)   Millions of gigajoules (GJ) purchased. 
(3)   Millions of dollars. 
(4)   Millions of United States gallons purchased. 
(5)   Millions of megawatt hours (MWh). 
(6)  Megawatts (MW) on a 24/7 continual basis per year purchased.

105

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
All financial and non-financial derivatives are designated as held-for-trading upon their initial recognition.

Current 
Assets 

Long-term 
Assets 

Current 
Liabilities 

Long-term
Liabilities

Description  

Natural gas financial swaps – AECO 

Energy Services’ electricity swaps 

Foreign currency forward contracts, net sale 

Foreign currency forward contracts, balance sheet-related 

Interest rate swaps 

Equity derivative contracts 

Debenture-embedded derivative 

1.1 

0.4 

0.4 

1.6 

2.6 

1.5 

– 

Energy Services’ propane wholesale purchase and sale contracts  4.8 

Energy Services’ heating oil purchase and sale contracts 

0.3 

Specialty Chemicals’ fixed-price electricity purchase agreements  1.0 

As at December 31, 2013 

13.7 

– 

– 

– 

– 

3.7 

– 

– 

– 

– 

0.9 

4.6 

8.8 

3.3 

9.9 

– 

0.1 

– 

– 

2.9 

0.1 

– 

5.0

3.2

19.7

–

–

–

26.9

–

–

–

25.1 

54.8

Current 
Assets 

Long-term 
Assets 

Current 
Liabilities 

Long-term
Liabilities

– 

– 

10.3 

0.1 

2.5 

0.5 

– 

2.8 

0.1 

0.3 

– 

16.6 

– 

– 

4.2 

0.2 

6.9 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1.6 

12.9 

27.6 

6.0 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2.1 

0.3 

0.5 

– 

36.5 

14.6

4.3

3.8

0.1

–

–

19.8

–

–

–

–

42.6

Description  

Natural gas financial swaps – AECO 

Energy Services’ electricity swaps 

Foreign currency forward contracts, net sale 

Foreign currency forward contracts, balance sheet-related 

Interest rate swaps 

Equity derivative contracts 

Debenture-embedded derivative 

Energy Services’ propane wholesale purchase and sale contracts 

Energy Services’ butane wholesale purchase and sale contracts 

Energy Services’ heating oil purchase and sale contracts 

Specialty Chemicals’ fixed-price electricity purchase agreements 

As at December 31, 2012 

106

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
2013 

2012

Realized 
Gain (Loss) 

Unrealized 
Gain (Loss) 

Realized 
Gain (Loss) 

Unrealized
Gain (Loss)

Description  

Natural gas financial swaps – AECO 

Energy Services’ electricity swaps 

Foreign currency forward contracts, net sale 

Foreign currency forward contracts, balance sheet-related 

Interest rate swaps 

Equity derivative contracts 

Energy Services’ propane wholesale purchase  
  and sale contracts 

Energy Services’ butane wholesale purchase 
  and sale contracts 

Energy Services’ heating oil purchase and sale contracts 

Specialty Chemicals’ fixed-price electricity 
  purchase agreements 

(26.9) 

(6.7) 

3.9 

1.3 

2.4 

1.5 

0.2 

– 

– 

0.2 

Total (losses) gains on financial and non-financial derivatives 

(24.1) 

Foreign currency translation of senior secured notes  

Unrealized change in fair value of 
  debenture-embedded derivative 

Total (losses) gains 

(0.8) 

– 

(24.9) 

29.5 

4.2 

(39.5) 

1.5 

(3.2) 

0.8 

1.2 

0.2 

0.4 

0.3 

(4.6) 

(4.1) 

3.6 

(5.1) 

(53.6) 

(11.6) 

10.1 

(0.3) 

2.5 

– 

– 

– 

(5.9) 

(2.0) 

(60.8) 

– 

– 

(60.8) 

36.7

5.7

7.2

(2.0)

(1.5)

0.5

1.3

(0.4)

0.5

1.6

49.6

1.7

(19.2)

32.1

Realized gains or losses on financial and non-financial derivatives and foreign currency translation gains or 

losses on the revaluation of Canadian domiciled US-denominated working capital have been classified on 

the statement of net earnings based on the underlying nature of the financial statement line item and/or the 

economic exposure being managed. 

Offsetting of Financial Instruments 

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported on the consolidated balance sheets 

where Superior currently has a legally enforceable right to set-off the recognized amounts and there is an 

intention  to  settle  on  a  net  basis  or  realize  the  asset  and  settle  the  liability  simultaneously.  In  the  normal 

course of business, Superior enters into various master netting agreements or other similar arrangements 

that do not meet the criteria for offsetting, however, although still allow for the related amount to be set-off 

in certain circumstances, such as bankruptcy or the termination of contracts.

107

 2013 Annual Report 
 
Derivative Assets  

Amounts Offset 

Amounts Not Offset

December 31, 2013 

Natural gas financial swaps – AECO (1) 
Energy Services’ electricity swaps (1) 

Energy Services’ propane purchase  
  and sale contracts (2) (4) 

Energy Services’ heating oil purchase 
  and sale contracts (2) 

Specialty Chemicals’ fixed-price  
  electricity purchase agreements (3) 

Total 

Gross 
Assets 

Gross 
Liabilities 
Offset 

Net 

Financial 
Amounts  Instruments 

Cash
Collateral 
Pledged 

Amounts
Presented

1.2 

0.7 

1.1 

0.3 

(0.1) 

(0.3) 

(0.2) 

– 

56.1 

59.4 

(54.2) 

(54.8) 

1.1 

0.4 

0.9 

0.3 

1.9 

4.6 

– 

– 

3.9 

– 

– 

3.9 

– 

– 

– 

0.4 

– 

0.4 

  1.1

  0.4

4.8

0.7

1.9

8.9

(1)  Subject to an enforceable master netting agreement in the form of an International Swaps and Derivatives Association agreement (“ISDA”).
(2)  Regularly settled net in the normal course of business and is considered standardized brokerage accounts.  As at December 31, 2013, Energy Services 

has pledged cash of $0.4 million under a standardized agreement with respect to open derivative contracts.   

(3)  Standard terms of the Power Purchase Agreement (“PPA”) allowing net settlement of payments in the normal course of business.
(4)  Regularly settled gross in the normal course of business.

Derivative Liabilities  

Amounts Offset 

Amounts Not Offset

December 31, 2013 

Natural gas financial swaps – AECO (1) 
Energy Services’ electricity swaps (1) 

Energy Services’ propane purchase  
and sale contracts (3) 

Energy Services’ heating oil purchase  
  and sale contracts (2) 

Total 

Gross 
Liabilities 

14.9 

6.9 

Gross 
Assets 
Offset 

(1.1) 

(0.4) 

13.8 

6.5 

– 

– 

– 

0.2 

22.0 

(0.1) 

(1.6) 

0.1 

20.4 

Net 

Financial 
Amounts  Instruments 

Cash
Collateral 
Pledged 

Amounts
Presented

– 

– 

2.9 

– 

2.9 

– 

– 

– 

13.8

6.5

2.9

0.1

23.3

(1)  Subject to an enforceable master netting agreement in the form of an International Swaps and Derivatives Association agreement (“ISDA”).
(2)  Regularly settled net in the normal course of business and are considered standardized brokerage accounts.
(3)  Regularly settled gross in the normal course of business.

Derivative Assets  

Amounts Offset 

Amounts Not Offset

December 31, 2012 

Energy Services’ heating oil purchase  
  and sale contracts (1) 

Energy Services’ propane purchase  
  and sale contracts (2) (3) 

Specialty Chemicals’ fixed-price  
  electricity purchase agreements (2) 

Total 

Gross 
Assets 

Gross 
Liabilities 
Offset 

Net 
Amounts 

Financial 
Instruments 

Cash
Collateral 
Pledged 

Amounts
Presented

0.5 

(0.2) 

0.3 

– 

– 

51.2 

51.7 

(49.6) 

(49.8) 

– 

1.6 

1.9 

– 

2.8 

– 

2.8 

3.7 

– 

– 

3.7 

4.0

2.8

1.6

8.4

(1)  Regularly settled net in the normal course of business and is considered standardized brokerage accounts.  As at December 31, 2012, Energy Services 

has pledged cash of $3.7 million under a standardized agreement with respect to open derivative contracts.   

(2)  Standard terms of the Power Purchase Agreement (“PPA”) allowing net settlement of payments in the normal course of business. 
(3)  Regularly settled gross in the normal course of business.

108

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Derivative Liabilities  

Amounts Offset 

Amounts Not Offset

December 31, 2012 

Natural gas financial swaps – AECO (1) 
Energy Services’ electricity swaps (1) 

Energy Services’ propane purchase  
  and sale contracts (2) (3) 

Energy Services’ heating oil purchase  
  and sale contracts (2) 

Total 

Gross 
 Liabilities 

42.6 

10.6 

Gross 
Assets 
Offset 

(0.4) 

(0.3) 

42.2 

10.3 

0.6 

(0.2) 

0.4 

0.7 

54.5 

(0.2) 

(1.1) 

0.5 

53.4 

Net 
Amounts 

Financial 
Instruments 

Cash
Collateral 
Pledged 

Amounts
Presented

– 

– 

1.7 

– 

1.7 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

42.2

10.3

2.1

0.5

55.1

(1)  Subject to an enforceable master netting agreement in the form of an International Swaps and Derivatives Association agreement (“ISDA”).
(2)  Regularly settled net in the normal course of business and are considered standardized brokerage accounts.
(3)  Regularly settled gross in the normal course of business.

The following summarizes Superior’s classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities:

Financial Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Derivative assets 

Classification 

Measurement

Loans and receivables 

Loans and receivables 

FVTNE 

Amortized cost

Amortized cost

Fair Value

Notes and finance lease receivable 

Loans and receivables 

Amortized cost

Financial Liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Dividends and interest payable 

Borrowing 
Convertible unsecured subordinated debentures (1) 

Derivative liabilities 

Other liabilities 

Other liabilities 

Other liabilities 

Other liabilities 

FVTNE 

Amortized cost

Amortized cost

Amortized cost

Amortized cost

Fair Value

(1)   Except for derivatives embedded in the related financial instruments that are classified as FVTNE and measured at fair value.

Non-Derivative Financial Instruments

The fair value of Superior’s cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, notes and finance lease 

receivables, trade and other payables, and dividends and interest payable approximates their carrying value 

due to the short-term nature of these amounts. The carrying value and the fair value of Superior’s borrowing 

and debentures, are provided in Notes 17 and 19.

109

 2013 Annual Report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Instruments — Risk Management

Market Risk

Derivative  and  non-financial  derivatives  are  used  by  Superior  to  manage  its  exposure  to  fluctuations  in 

foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices. Superior assesses the inherent risks of  

these  instruments  by  grouping  derivative  and  non-financial  derivatives  related  to  the  exposures  these 

instruments  mitigate.  Superior’s  policy  is  not  to  use  derivative  or  non-financial  derivative  instruments  for 

speculative purposes. Superior does not formally designate its derivatives as hedges and, as a result, Superior 

does not apply hedge accounting and is required to designate its derivatives and non-financial derivatives 

as held-for-trading.

Energy Services enters into natural gas financial swaps to manage its economic exposure of providing fixed 

price  natural  gas  to  its  customers  and  maintains  its  historical  natural  gas  swap  positions  with  six  other 

counterparties.  Energy  Services  monitors  its  fixed-price  natural  gas  positions  on  a  daily  basis  to  monitor 

compliance with established risk management policies. Energy Services maintains a substantially balanced 

fixed-price natural gas position in relation to its customer supply commitments. 

Energy  Services  enters  into  electricity  financial  swaps  with  four  counterparties  to  manage  the  economic 

exposure  of  providing  fixed-price  electricity  to  its  customers.  Energy  Services  monitors  its  fixed-price 

electricity  positions  on  a  daily  basis  to  monitor  compliance  with  established  risk  management  policies. 

Energy Services maintains a substantially balanced fixed-price electricity position in relation to its customer 

supply commitments. 

Specialty Chemicals has entered into a fixed-price electricity purchase agreement to manage the economic 

exposure of certain chemical facilities to changes in the market price of electricity, in a market where the 

price of electricity is not fixed. The fair value with respect to this agreement is with a single counterparty. 

Energy  Services  enters  into  various  propane  forward  purchase  and  sale  agreements  with  more  than  

20 counterparties to manage the economic exposure of its wholesale customer supply contracts. Energy 

Services monitors its fixed-price propane positions on a daily basis to monitor compliance with established 

risk  management  policies.  Energy  Services  maintains  a  substantially  balanced  fixed-price  propane  gas 

position in relation to its wholesale customer supply commitments. 

Superior,  on  behalf  of  its  operating  divisions,  enters  into  foreign  currency  forward  contracts  with  

12  counterparties  to  manage  the  economic  exposure  of  its  operations  to  movements  in  foreign  currency 

exchange rates. Energy Services contracts a portion of its fixed-price natural gas, and propane purchases 

and sales in US dollars and enters into forward US dollar purchase contracts to create an effective Canadian 

dollar  fixed-price  purchase  cost.  Specialty  Chemicals  enters  into  US  dollar  forward  sales  contracts  on  an 

ongoing basis to mitigate the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations on sales margins on production from 

its Canadian plants that is sold in US dollars. Interest expense on Superior’s US dollar debt is also used to 

mitigate the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations. 

Superior has interest rate swaps with four counterparties to manage the interest rate mix of its debt portfolio 

and  related  overall  cost  of  borrowing.  Superior  manages  its  overall  liquidity  risk  in  relation  to  its  general 

funding requirements by utilizing a mix of short-term and longer-term debt instruments. Superior reviews 

its mix of short-term and longer-term debt instruments on an ongoing basis to ensure it is able to meet its 

liquidity requirements. 

110

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.Credit Risk

Superior  utilizes  a  variety  of  counterparties  in  relation  to  its  derivative  and  non-financial  derivative 

instruments in order to mitigate its counterparty risk. Superior assesses the credit-worthiness of its significant 

counterparties at the inception and throughout the term of a contract. Superior is also exposed to customer 

credit risk. Energy Services deals with a large number of small customers, thereby reducing this risk. Specialty 

Chemicals, due to the nature of its operations, sells its products to a relatively small number of customers. 

Specialty Chemicals mitigates its customer credit risk by actively monitoring the overall credit-worthiness 

of  its  customers.  Energy  Services  has  minimal  exposure  to  customer  credit  risk  as  local  natural  gas  and 

electricity  distribution  utilities  have  been  mandated,  for  a  nominal  fee,  to  provide  Energy  Services  with 

invoicing, collection and the assumption of bad debt risk for residential customers. Energy Services actively 

monitors the credit-worthiness of its commercial customers. Overall, Superior’s credit quality is enhanced by 

its portfolio of customers which is diversified across geographical (primarily Canada and the United States) 

and end-use (primarily commercial, residential and industrial) markets.

Allowances for doubtful accounts and past due receivables are reviewed by Superior at each balance sheet 

date. Superior updates its estimate of the allowance for doubtful accounts based on the evaluation of the 

recoverability of trade receivables with each customer, taking into account historical collection trends of past 

due accounts and current economic conditions. Trade receivables are written-off once it is determined they 

are uncollectable. 

Pursuant to their respective terms, trade receivables, before deducting an allowance for doubtful accounts, 

are aged as follows:

Current 

Past due less than 90 days 

Past due over 90 days 

Trade receivables 

 2013 

317.8 

118.0 

14.7 

450.5 

 2012

243.1

108.2

11.8

363.1

The  current  portion  of  Superior’s  trade  receivables  is  neither  impaired  nor  past  due  and  there  are  no 

indications as of the reporting date that the debtors will not make payment.

Superior’s trade receivables are stated after deducting a provision of $7.3 million as at December 31, 2013 

(December 31, 2012 – $7.2 million). The movement in the provision for doubtful accounts was as follows:

Allowance for doubtful accounts, beginning of the year 

Impairment losses recognized on receivables 

  Amounts written off during the year as uncollectible 

  Amounts recovered 

Allowance for doubtful accounts, end of the year 

 2013 

(7.2) 

(3.6) 

3.0 

0.5 

(7.3) 

 2012

(20.8)

(3.9)

17.5

–

(7.2)

111

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
Liquidity Risk

Liquidity  risk  is  the  risk  that  Superior  cannot  meet  a  demand  for  cash  or  fund  an  obligation  as  it  comes  

due.  Liquidity  risk  also  includes  the  risk  of  not  being  able  to  liquidate  assets  in  a  timely  manner  at  a  

reasonable price.

To ensure it is able to react to contingencies and investment opportunities quickly, Superior maintains sources 

of liquidity at the corporate and subsidiary levels. The main sources of liquidity are cash and other financial 

assets, the undrawn committed revolving-term bank credit facility, equity markets and debenture markets.

Superior is subject to the risks associated with debt financing, including the ability to refinance indebtedness 

at  maturity.  Superior  believes  these  risks  are  mitigated  through  the  use  of  long-term  debt  secured  by  

high-quality assets, maintaining debt levels that in management’s opinion are appropriate, and by diversifying 

maturities over an extended period. Superior also seeks to include in its agreements terms that protect it 

from liquidity issues of counterparties that might otherwise impact liquidity.

Equity Price Risk

Equity price risk is the risk of volatility in earnings as a result of volatility in Superior’s share price. Superior 

has  equity  price  risk  exposure  to  shares  that  it  issues  under  various  forms  of  share-based  compensation 

programs which affect earnings when outstanding units are revalued at each reporting period. Superior uses 

equity derivatives to manage volatility derived from its share-based compensation program.

As at December 31, 2013, Superior estimates that a 10% increase in its share price would have resulted in a 

$0.8 million increase in earnings due to the revaluation of equity derivative contracts. 

Superior’s contractual obligations associated with its financial liabilities are as follows:

Borrowing  

Convertible unsecured  
  subordinated debentures 

US$ foreign currency forward  
  sales contracts (US$)  

US$ foreign currency forward  
  purchases contracts (US$)  

CDN$ natural gas purchases 

CDN$ propane purchases (CDN$) 

US$ propane purchases (US$) 

Fixed-price electricity purchase commitments  

(27.0) 

9.6 

6.1 

1.5 

3.7 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2019 and
2018  Thereafter 

Total

67.0 

57.2 

439.5 

6.5 

4.6 

3.9 

578.7

– 

– 

72.7 

168.6 

144.9 

83.2 

469.4

219.0 

186.0 

113.4 

51.0 

– 

0.8 

0.2 

– 

– 

0.3 

– 

– 

– 

0.2 

– 

– 

17.7 

17.7 

17.7 

17.7 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

569.4

(27.0)

10.9

6.3

1.5

74.5

Superior’s contractual obligations are considered normal-course operating commitments and do not include 

the impact of mark-to-market fair values on financial and non-financial derivatives. Superior expects to fund 

these obligations through a combination of cash flow from operations, proceeds on its revolving term bank 

credit facilities and proceeds on the issuance of share capital. 

112

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Superior’s financial instruments’  sensitivities to  changes in  foreign currency  exchange  rates, interest rates 

and various commodity prices and the resulting impact to net earnings are detailed below:

Increase (decrease) to net earnings of a $0.01 increase in the CDN$ to the US$ 

Increase (decrease) to net earnings of a 0.5% increase in interest rates 

Increase (decrease) to net earnings of a $0.40/GJ increase in the price of natural gas 

Increase (decrease) to net earnings of a $0.04/litre increase in the price of propane 

Increase (decrease) to net earnings of a $1.00/KWh increase in the price of electricity 

2013

(9.7)

(1.3)

8.7

0.1

1.8

The  calculation  of  Superior’s  sensitivity  to  changes  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates,  interest  rates  and 

various commodity prices represent the change in fair value of the financial instrument without consideration 

of the value of the underlying variable, for example, the underlying customer contracts. The recognition of the 

sensitivities identified above would have affected Superior’s unrealized gain or loss on financial instruments 

and would not have had a material impact on Superior’s cash flow from operations.

22.  Income Taxes 

Consistent with prior-periods, Superior recognizes a provision for income taxes for its subsidiaries that are 

subject to current and deferred income taxes, including United States income tax, United States non-resident 

withholding tax and Chilean income tax. 

Total income taxes are different from the amount computed by applying the corporate Canadian enacted 

statutory rate for 2013 of 26.2% (2012 — 26.2%). The reduction in statutory rates reflects previously enacted 

federal tax rate reductions. The reasons for these differences are as follows:

Net earnings  

Income tax expense  

Net earnings of Superior before taxes 

Computed income tax expense 

Changes in effective foreign tax rates 

Changes in future income tax rates 

Non-deductible costs and other 

Prior-period adjustment 

Recognition of previously unrecognized asset 

Other  

2013 

52.7 

5.7 

58.4 

15.3 

(1.1) 

– 

(5.5) 

(3.4) 

(0.9) 

1.3 

5.7 

 2012 (1)

90.0

9.0

99.0

25.9

(2.7)

(4.1)

(6.8)

(4.7)

–

1.4

9.0

(1)  The year ended December 31, 2012 has been restated for the impact of adopting IAS 19 – Employee Benefits, amendments effective January 1, 2013. 

Refer to Note 2. 

113

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is comprised of the following:

Current income tax expense  

Current income tax charge 

Adjustments in respect of previous year 

Total current income tax expense 

Deferred income tax expense  

Relating to origination and reversal of temporary difference 

Relating to changes in tax rates or the imposition of new taxes 

Adjustments in respect of previous year 

Other 

Total deferred income tax expense 

Total income tax expense   

 2013 

 2012

1.0 

(0.7) 

0.3 

8.6 

– 

(2.7) 

(0.5) 

5.4 

5.7 

1.4

(0.3)

1.1

16.9

(4.0)

(4.3)

(0.7)

7.9

9.0

Income tax recognized in other comprehensive income 

2013 

2012

Deferred tax 

Amortization of actuarial losses 

Total income tax expense recognized in other comprehensive income  

(6.6) 

(6.6) 

(1.1)

(1.1)

2013 

Provisions 

Finance leases 

Borrowing 

Financing fees 

Investment tax credits 

Non-capital losses 

Other  

Property, plant and equipment 

Reserves and employee benefits 

Opening 
Balance 

5.9  

17.0 

(0.7) 

3.7 

111.0  

65.9  

(2.2) 

(98.5) 

31.6  

Scientific research and development 

159.1  

Unrealized foreign exchange  
    gains  

Total 

7.8  

 300.6  

(Credited)/
Charged to 
(Credited)/ 
Other 
Charged to  Comprehensive 
Loss 

Net Earnings 

Exchange 
Differences 

Other 

Closing
Balance

(0.9) 

7.3 

(1.3) 

(1.1) 

0.9 

5.4 

0.5 

(11.5) 

(4.1) 

(1.0) 

0.9 

(4.9) 

– 

– 

 – 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(6.7) 

– 

0.1 

(6.6) 

0.3 

0.7 

– 

– 

– 

2.8 

– 

(4.9) 

0.3 

– 

– 

(0.8) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

5.3 

25.0 

(2.0)

2.6 

111.9 

74.1

(1.7)

 (114.9)

 21.1 

158.1

8.8 

288.3

114

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012 

Provisions 

Finance leases 

Borrowing 

Financing fees 

Investment tax credits 

Non-capital losses 

Other  

Property, plant and equipment 

Reserves and employee benefits 

Opening 
Balance 

5.8 

17.5 

(5.3) 

5.1 

113.3 

44.7 

(2.7) 

(80.4) 

37.6 

Scientific research and development 

153.8 

Unrealized foreign exchange  
    gains (losses) 

Total 

20.2 

309.6 

(Credited)/
Charged to 
(Credited)/ 
Other 
Charged to  Comprehensive 
Loss 

Net Earnings 

Exchange 
Differences 

Other 

Closing
Balance

0.1 

(4.9) 

4.7 

(1.6) 

(0.7) 

22.5 

0.5 

(15.8) 

(4.7) 

3.7 

(12.4) 

(8.6) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(1.1) 

– 

– 

(1.1) 

(0.1) 

(0.1) 

– 

– 

– 

(1.3) 

– 

1.8 

(0.2) 

– 

– 

0.1 

0.1 

4.5 

(0.1) 

0.2 

(1.6) 

– 

– 

(4.1) 

– 

1.6 

– 

0.6 

5.9

17.0

(0.7)

3.7

111.0

65.9

(2.2)

(98.5)

31.6

159.1

7.8

300.6

Deferred taxes reported in the two preceding tables are presented on a functional basis while deferred taxes 

reported on the balance sheet are on a legal-entity basis.

The net deferred income tax asset relates to the following tax jurisdictions as at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

Canada 

United States 

Chile 

Total net deferred income tax asset 

 2013 

284.2 

7.8 

(3.7) 

288.3 

Superior has available to carry forward the following as at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

Canadian non-capital losses 

Canadian scientific research expenditures 

Canadian capital losses 

United States non-capital losses – federal 

United States non-capital losses – state 

Chilean non-capital losses 

Canadian federal and provincial investment tax credits  

 2013 

115.4 

604.6 

582.5 

119.1 

140.5 

14.6 

163.1 

2012

297.3

5.5

(2.2)

300.6

2012

92.5

608.3

607.3

110.1

130.1

20.3

160.0

115

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As  at  December  31,  2013,  Superior  had  non-capital  loss  carry-forwards  available  to  reduce  future  years’ 

taxable income, which expire as follows:

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

Thereafter 

Total  

 United States 

Canada

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

–

119.1 

119.1 

115.4

115.4

The Canadian scientific research expenditures, Canadian capital losses and the Chilean non-capital losses 

may be carried forward indefinitely. Management believes there will be sufficient taxable profits in the future 

to offset these losses. 

In  Chile,  the  local  tax  laws  provide  that  any  profits  distributed  outside  of  Chile  be  subject  to  a  35%  tax. 

Superior controls whether the profits will be distributed and is satisfied that there will be no liability in the 

foreseeable future as there is no plan to repatriate funds from Chile.

As at December 31, 2013, Superior had Canadian federal and provincial investment tax credits available to 

reduce future years’ taxable income, which expire as follows:

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

Thereafter  

Total  

10.9

5.8

4.5

4.6

–

137.3

163.1

As  at  December  31  Superior  has  the  following  balances  in  respect  of  which  no  deferred  tax  asset  was 

recognized:

Canadian non-capital losses 

United States non-capital losses – state 

Canadian capital losses 

Total unrecognized deferred income tax assets 

 2013 

24.6 

21.4 

582.6 

628.6 

2012

24.8

20.0

607.3

652.1

Deferred tax assets have not been recognized for the above temporary differences as it is not probable that 

the respective entities to which they relate will generate sufficient future taxable income against which to 

utilize the temporary differences. 

116

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As previously disclosed, on April 2, 2013 Superior received from the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA), Notices 

of Reassessment for Superior’s 2009 and 2010 taxation years reflecting the CRA’s intent to challenge the tax 

consequences  of  Superior’s  corporate  conversion  transaction  (Conversion)  which  occurred  on  December 

31,  2008.  The  CRA’s  position  is  based  on  the  acquisition  of  control  rules,  in  addition  to  the  general  anti-

avoidance rules in the Income Tax Act (Canada).

The table below summarizes Superior’s estimated tax liabilities and payment requirements associated with 

the received and anticipated Notices of Reassessment. Upon receipt of the Notices of Reassessment, 50% of 

the taxes payable pursuant to such Notices of Reassessment, must be remitted to the CRA.

Taxation Year 

2009/2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

Total 

Taxes Payable (1)(2) 

50% of the 
Taxes Payable  (1)(2) 

$  13.0  
$  10.0 (3) 
$  10.0 (3) 
$  10.0 (3) 
$  20.0 (3) 

$   63.0  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  6.5 

  5.0 

  5.0 

  5.0 

$  10.0 

$   31.5 

Payment Dates

Paid in April 2013

2015

2015

2015

 2015

(1)  In millions of dollars.
(2)  Includes estimated interest and penalties.
(3)  Estimated based on Superior’s previously filed tax returns, Superior’s 2013 results and the midpoint of Superior’s 2014 outlook

During  2013,  Superior  filed  a  Notice  of  Objection  and  a  Notice  of  Appeal  with  respect  to  the  Notice  of 

Reassessments received on May 8, 2013. Superior anticipates that if the case proceeds in the Tax Court of 

Canada, the case could be heard in the first quarter of 2015, with a decision rendered by the end of fiscal 

2015. If a decision of the Tax Court of Canada were to be appealed, the appeal process could reasonably be 

expected to take an additional 2 years. If Superior receives a positive decision then any taxes, interest and 

penalties paid to the CRA will be refunded plus interest and if Superior is unsuccessful then any remaining 

taxes payable plus interest and penalties will have to be remitted.

Superior remains confident in the appropriateness of its tax filing position and the expected tax consequences 

of the Conversion and intends to vigorously defend such position and intends to file its future tax returns on 

a basis consistent with its view of the outcome of the Conversion.

117

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
23.  Total Equity

Superior is authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares and an unlimited number of preferred 

shares. The holders of common shares are entitled to dividends if, as and when declared by the Board of 

Directors; to one vote per share at shareholders’ meetings; and upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of 

Superior to receive pro rata the remaining property and assets of Superior, subject to the rights of any shares 

having priority over the common shares, of which none is outstanding. 

Preferred shares are issuable in series with each class of preferred share having such rights as the Board of 

Directors may determine. Holders of preferred shares are entitled, in priority over holders of common shares, 

to be paid ratably with holders of each other series of preferred shares the amount of accumulated dividends, 

if  any,  specified  to  be  payable  preferentially  to  the  holders  of  such  series  upon  liquidation,  dissolution  or 

winding up of Superior. Superior has no preferred shares outstanding.

Total equity, December 31, 2011 

Net earnings 

Other comprehensive loss 

Option value associated with the redemption of the convertible debentures 

Shares issued under Dividend Reinvestment Plan  

Dividends declared to shareholders 

Total equity, December 31, 2012 

Net earnings  

Other comprehensive income 

Option value associated with the redemption of the convertible debentures 

Shares issued under Dividend Reinvestment Plan 

Issuance of common shares 
Dividends declared to shareholders (2) 

Total equity, December 31, 2013 

 Issued Number 
of Common  
Shares (Millions)  

110.8 

– 

– 

– 

2.0 

– 

Total
Equity (1)

340.9

90.0

(2.7)

(0.8)

14.2

(67.2)

112.8 

374.4

– 

– 

– 

0.4 

13.0 

– 

126.2 

52.7

46.0

(1.1)

4.9

137.6

(74.3)

540.2

(1)  December 31, 2012 has been restated for the impact of a prior-period adjustment. Refer to Note 15.
(2)  Dividends  to  shareholders  are  declared  at  the  discretion  of  Superior.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  Superior  paid  dividends  of  

$73.7 million or $0.60 per share (December 31, 2012 – $67.1 million or $0.60 per share).

118

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.  
 
 
Accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  as  at  December  31,  2013  and  2012  consisted  of  the  following 

components:

Accumulated other comprehensive loss before reclassification 

  Currency translation adjustment 

  Balance at the beginning of the year 

  Unrealized foreign currency gains (losses) on translation of foreign operations 

  Balance at the end of the year 

  Actuarial defined benefits 

  Balance at the beginning of the year 

  Actuarial defined benefit gains 

Income tax expense on other comprehensive loss 

  Balance at the end of the year 

  Total accumulated other comprehensive loss before reclassification 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss 

  Accumulated derivative losses 

  Balance at the beginning of the year 
  Reclassification of derivative losses previously deferred (3) 

  Balance at the end of the year 

Total amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss at the end of the year 

2013 

2012  (1)(2)

(22.6) 

26.6 

4.0 

(25.3) 

26.4 

(6.6) 

(5.5) 

(1.5) 

(6.0) 

(0.4) 

(6.4) 

(6.4) 

(7.9) 

(13.8)

(8.8)

(22.6)

(31.4)

7.2

(1.1)

(25.3)

(47.9)

(6.0)

–

(6.0)

(6.0)

(53.9)

 (1)  December 31, 2012 has been restated for the impact of adopting IAS 19 – Employee Benefits, amendments effective January 1, 2013. Refer to Note 2. 
 (2)  December 31, 2012 has been restated for the impact of a prior-period adjustment. Refer to Note 15.
 (3)  The reclassification of derivative losses previously deferred is included in unrealized losses (gains) on derivative financial instruments on the statement 

of net earnings.

Other Capital Disclosure

Additional Capital Disclosure

Superior’s objectives when managing capital are: (i) to maintain a flexible capital structure to preserve its 

ability to meet its financial obligations, including potential obligations from acquisitions; and (ii) to safeguard 

its assets while maximizing the growth of its businesses and returns to its shareholders. 

In  the  management  of  capital,  Superior  includes  shareholders’  equity  (excluding  accumulated  other 

comprehensive income), current and long-term debt, convertible debentures and cash and cash equivalents. 

Superior manages its capital structure and makes adjustments in light of changes in economic conditions 

and the nature of the underlying assets. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, Superior may 

adjust the amount of dividends to shareholders, issue additional share capital, issue new debt or convertible 

debentures, or issue new debt or convertible debentures with different characteristics.

Superior monitors its capital based on the ratio of senior debt outstanding to net earnings before interest, 

taxes, depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses (EBITDA), as defined by its revolving term 

credit facility, and the ratio of total debt outstanding to EBITDA. Superior’s reference to EBITDA as defined 

by its revolving term credit facility may be referred to as compliance EBITDA in its other public reports.

119

 2013 Annual Report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Superior  is  subject  to  various  financial  covenants  in  its  credit  facility  agreements,  including  senior  debt, 

total debt to EBITDA ratio and restricted payments tests. which are measured on a quarterly basis. As at 

December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 Superior was in compliance with all of its financial covenants. 

Superior’s  financial  objectives  and  strategy  related  to  managing  its  capital  as  described  above  remained 

unchanged from the prior fiscal year. Superior believes that its debt to EBITDA ratios are within reasonable 

limits, in light of Superior’s size, the nature of its businesses and its capital management objectives.

Non-IFRS Financial Measures Utilized For Bank Covenant Purposes

Compliance EBITDA 

Compliance EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and other non-

cash expenses calculated on a 12-month trailing basis giving pro forma effect to acquisitions and divestitures 

and is used by Superior to calculate its debt covenants and other credit information. Compliance EBITDA 

is not a defined performance measure under IFRS. Superior’s calculation of compliance EBITDA may differ 

from similar calculations used by comparable entities.

The capital structure of Superior and the calculation of its key capital ratios are as follows: 

As at December 31 

Total shareholders’ equity 

Exclude accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Shareholders’ equity excluding accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Current borrowing (2) 
Borrowing (2) 
Less: Senior unsecured debentures (4) 

Consolidated secured debt 

Add: Senior unsecured debentures 

Consolidated debt 
Current portion of convertible unsecured subordinated debentures (2) 
Convertible unsecured subordinated debentures (2) 

Total debt 

Total capital 

2013 

540.2 

7.9 

548.1 

67.0 

511.7 

– 

578.7 

– 

578.7 

– 

494.5 

2012 (1)(3)

374.4

53.9

428.3

59.7

579.9

(150.0)

489.6

150.0

639.6

50.0

491.5

1,073.2 

1,621.3 

1,181.1

1,609.4

(1)   December 31, 2012 has been restated for the impact of a prior-period adjustment. Refer to Note 15.
(2)   Borrowing and convertible unsecured subordinated debentures are before deferred issuance costs and option value.
(3)  December 31, 2012 has been restated for the impact of adopting IAS 19 – Employee Benefits, amendments effective January 1, 2012. Refer to Note 2.
(4)  Superior redeemed all of its outstanding $150.0 million 8.25% senior unsecured debentures due October 27, 2016 in accordance with the indenture 

governing the 8.25% Debentures on October 28, 2013.  

120

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.Net earnings 

Adjusted for: 

  Finance expense 

  Realized gains on derivative financial instruments included in finance expense 

  Depreciation included in selling, distribution and administrative costs 

  Depreciation included in cost of sales 

(Gains) losses on disposal of assets 

  Amortization of intangible assets 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, and goodwill 

Income tax expense 

  Unrealized losses (gains) on derivative financial instruments 

  Pro-forma impact of acquisitions 

Compliance EBITDA (1) 

2013 

52.7 

71.8 

3.9 

42.2 

41.3 

(2.9) 

19.4 

15.5 

5.7 

5.1 

8.5 

263.2 

2012 (2)

90.0

77.6

2.2

42.4

44.9

1.0

23.5

4.7

9.0

(32.1)

–

263.2

(1)  EBITDA, as defined by Superior’s revolving-term credit facility, is calculated on a trailing 12-month basis taking into consideration the pro-forma impact 
of acquisitions and dispositions in accordance with the requirements of Superior’s credit facility. Superior’s calculation of EBITDA and debt to EBITDA 
ratios may differ from those of similar entities.

(2)  The year ended December 31, 2012 has been restated for the impact of adopting IAS 19 – Employee Benefits, amendments effective January 1, 2013. 

Refer to Note 2.

The capital structure of Superior and the calculation of its key capital ratios are as follows: 

Consolidated secured debt to compliance EBITDA 

Consolidated debt to compliance EBITDA 

Total debt to compliance EBITDA 

2013 

2.2:1 

2.2:1 

4.1:1 

2012 (1)

1.9:1

2.4:1

4.5:1

(1)  The compliance ratios have been restated for the impact of adopting IAS 19 – Employee Benefits, amendments effective January 1, 2013. Refer to  

Note 2.

24.  Deficit and Dividends

Balance at the beginning of the year 

Net earnings  

Dividends declared 

Balance at the end of the year 

2013 

2012  (1)(2)

(1,218.2) 

(1,241.0)

52.7 

(74.3) 

90.0

(67.2)

(1,239.8) 

(1,218.2)

(1)  December 31, 2012 has been restated for the impact of adopting IAS 19 – Employee Benefits, amendments effective January 1, 2013. Refer to Note 2.
(2)  December 31, 2012 has been restated for the impact of a prior-period adjustment. Refer to Note 15.

As  at  December  31,  2013,  Superior  declared  dividends  of  $6.3  million  or  $0.05  per  share  payable  on  

January  15,  2014  to  shareholders  of  record  on  December  31,  2013.  On  January  9,  2014,  Superior  declared 

dividends of $6.3 million or $0.05 per share payable on February 14, 2014. On February 6, 2014, Superior 

declared dividends of $6.3 million or $0.05 per share payable on March 14, 2014.

121

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 25.  Supplemental Disclosure of Consolidated Statement of Total  
Comprehensive Income

Revenue is recognized at the fair value of consideration received or receivable when the significant risks and 

rewards of ownership have been transferred.

Revenues 

  Revenue from products 

  Revenue from the rendering of services 

  Rental revenue 

  Construction contract revenue 

  Realized gains on derivative financial instruments 

Cost of sales (includes products and services) 

  Cost of products and services 

  Depreciation included in cost of sales 

  Realized losses on derivative financial instruments 

Selling, distribution and administrative costs 

  Other selling, distribution and administrative costs 

  Restructuring costs 

  Employee future benefit expense 

  Employee costs 

  Depreciation included in selling, distribution and administrative costs  

  Amortization of intangible assets 

  Gains (losses) on disposal of assets 

  Realized gains (losses) on the translation of U.S. 

  denominated net working capital 

Finance expense 

Interest on borrowing 

Interest on convertible unsecured subordinated debentures 

Interest on obligations under finance leases  

(Loss) gain on debenture redemptions 

  Unwinding of discount on debentures, borrowing and

  decommissioning liabilities 

  Realized gains on derivative financial instruments  

2013 

2012 (1)

3,659.8 

3,526.3

63.8 

27.3 

(0.4) 

2.3 

59.3

26.1

4.9

7.7

3,752.8 

3,624.3

(2,810.8) 

(2,662.5)

(41.3) 

(31.9) 

(44.9)

(70.6)

(2,884.0) 

(2,778.0)

(281.6) 

(274.5)

(9.5) 

(6.2) 

(364.9) 

(42.2) 

(19.4) 

2.9 

2.9 

(718.0) 

(27.0) 

(31.1) 

(3.3) 

(5.5) 

(8.8) 

3.9 

(71.8) 

(6.6)

(6.8)

(337.4)

(42.4)

(26.8)

(1.0)

(1.6)

(697.1)

(33.1)

(35.8)

(5.0)

0.8

(6.7)

2.2

(77.6)

(1)  December 31, 2012 has been restated for the impact of adopting IAS 19 – Employee Benefits, amendments effective January 1, 2013. Refer to Note 2. 

122

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26.  Net Earnings per Share

Net earnings per share computation, basic  

  Net earnings for the period 

  Weighted average shares outstanding (millions) 

Net earnings per share, basic 

2013 

2012 (1)

52.7 

123.1 

90.0

111.9

 $  0.43 

$  0.80

(1)  December 31, 2012 has been restated for the impact of adopting IAS 19 – Employee Benefits, amendments effective January 1, 2013. Refer to Note 2. 

Net earnings per share computation, diluted  

  Net earnings for the period 

  Weighted average shares outstanding (millions) 

Net earnings per share, diluted  

2013 

2012 (1)

52.1 

128.9 

90.0

111.9

     $  0.40 

$  0.80

The  following  potential  ordinary  shares  are  anti-dilutive  and  are  therefore  excluded  from  the  weighted 

average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of diluted earnings per share in each period.

(millions) 

Maturity 

Note 

Convertible Debentures 

  5.85%  

  7.50%  

  5.75% 

  6.00%  

  7.50% 

Total anti-dilutive instruments 

 October 2015 

December 2014 

 June 2017 

 June 2018 

 October 2016 

19 

19 

19 

19 

19 

2013 

– 

 – 

9.1 

9.9 

6.6 

25.6 

2012

2.4

 5.3

9.1

9.9

6.6

33.3

27.  Share-Based Compensation

Restricted and Performance Shares

Under  Superior’s  long-term  incentive  program,  restricted  shares  (RSs),  performance  shares  (PSs)  and/or 

director shares (DSs) can be granted to directors, senior officers and employees of Superior. All three types 

of shares entitle the holder to receive cash compensation in relation to the value of a specified number of 

underlying notional shares. RSs vest evenly over three years from the grant date, except for RSs issued to 

directors which vest three years from the grant date. Payments are made on the anniversaries of the RS to the 

holders entitled to receive them on the basis of a cash payment equal to the value of the underlying notional 

shares. PSs vest three years from the grant date and their notional value depends on Superior’s performance 

as compared to established benchmarks. DSs vest immediately on the grant date and payments are made 

to directors once they resign or retire based on the number of notional shares outstanding and the value of 

the shares on that date. Employee compensation expense for these plans is charged against net earnings 

or loss over the vesting period of the RSs, PSs, and DSs. The amount payable by Superior in respect of RSs, 

PSs and DSs changes as a result of dividends and share price movements. The fair value of all the RSs, PSs 

and DSs is equal to Superior’s common share market price and the divisional notional share price if related 

to a divisional plan. In the event of an employee termination, any unvested shares are forfeited on that date.

123

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  total  compensation  expense  related  to  RSs,  PSs  and  DSs  was  

$14.8  million  (December  31,  2012  —  $9.6  million).  Payouts  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  

under  the  long-term  incentive  plan  were  completed  at  a  weighted  average  price  of  $10.75  per  share  

(2012 — $8.76 per share) for RSs, $11.28 per share (2012 — $26.03 per share) for PSs and $11.12 per share  

(2012 — $8.56 per share) for DSs. For the year ended December 31, 2013 the total carrying amount of the 

liability related to RSs, PSs and DSs was $18.9 million (2012 — $9.9 million).

The movement in the number of shares under the long-term incentive program was as follows:

2013 

 2012 (1)

RSs 

PSs 

DSs 

Total 

RSs 

PSs 

DSs 

Total

880,506  1,260,077 

281,828  2,422,411  1,255,379 

951,751 

187,655  2,394,785

− 

2,339 

− 

− 

− 

− 

(192,191) 

119,991 

48,809 

(23,391)

64,178 

66,517 

817,450 

789,202 

54,293  1,660,945

Opening number 
  of shares 

Reclassification 

Granted  

Performance 

factor adjustment  

− 

20,982 

− 

20,982 

− 

7,374 

− 

7,374

Dividends reinvested  36,096 

53,879 

15,594 

105,569 

60,017 

61,653 

19,415 

141,085

Forfeited  

Payouts 

Ending number 
  of shares 

(26,425) 

(234,741) 

− 

(261,166) 

(588,652) 

(652,512) 

− 

(1,241,164)

(440,522) 

(143,312) 

(26,862) 

(610,696) 

(471,497) 

(17,382) 

(28,344) 

(517,223)

451,994 

956,885 

334,738  1,743,617 

880,506  1,260,077 

281,828  2,422,411

(1)  The number of shares outstanding in 2012 have been reclassified due to changes made to the divisional long-term incentive grants. 

Superior entered into equity derivative contracts in order to manage the volatility and costs associated with 

its share-based compensation plans. As at December 31, 2013, Superior had outstanding notional values of 

$7.6 million of equity derivative contracts at an average share price of $11.43. See Note 21 for further details.

28.  Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Operating Working Capital Changes

Changes in non-cash working capital 

Trade receivables and other 

Inventories 

Trade and other payables 

Purchased working capital 

Other 

2013 

2012

(105.7) 

7.4 

86.4 

(2.0) 

14.2 

0.3 

84.0

(10.6)

25.9

1.1

(15.7)

84.7

124

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
29.  Commitments

Purchase  commitments  under  long-term  natural  gas  and  propane  contracts  for  the  next  five  years  and 

thereafter are as follows:

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 and thereafter 

(1)  Does not include the impact of financial derivatives (See Note 21).

CDN$ (1) 

Natural Gas  

CDN$ 
Propane 

US$ 
Propane 

US$
Heating oil

9.6 

0.8 

0.3 

0.2 

− 

− 

6.1 

0.2 

− 

− 

− 

− 

1.5 

− 

− 

− 

− 

− 

−

−

−

−

−

−

Superior is similarly committed to long-term natural gas and propane sales contracts to supply customers.

30.  Related-Party Transactions and Agreements

Transactions  between  Superior  and  its  subsidiaries,  which  are  related  parties,  have  been  eliminated  on 

consolidation and are not disclosed in this note.

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  Superior  incurred  $1.0  million  (2012  —  $0.7  million)  in  legal  fees 

respectively, with Norton Rose Canada LLP, a related party with Superior because a member of Superior’s 

Board of Directors is a partner at the law firm.

Remuneration of Directors and Other Key Management Personnel

The  key  management  personnel  of  Superior  are  comprised  of  executives  of  Superior  and  presidents  of 

Superior’s business segments.

The remuneration of directors and other members of key management personnel over the past two years is 

as follows:

Year ended December 31, 

Short-term employee benefits (1) 

Post-employment benefits 

Other long-term employee benefits  

Termination benefits 

Share-based payments 

2013 

5.7 

–  

0.1 

– 

3.8 

9.6 

2012

5.1

0.1

0.1

0.6

3.4

9.3

(1)  Short-term employee benefits paid to directors and other members of key management personnel include salaries and bonuses.

125

 2013 Annual Report  
  
 
31.  Group Entities

Significant Subsidiaries 

Superior Plus LP 

Superior Gas Liquids Partnership 

619220 Saskatchewan Ltd. 

Superior International Inc. 

Superior General Partner Inc. 

Superior Plus Canada Financing Inc. 

Superior Energy Management Operations Inc. 

Superior Energy Management Holdings LP 

Superior Energy Management Electricity Inc. 

Superior Energy Management Electricity LP 

Superior Energy Management Gas Holdings LP 

6751261 Canada Inc. 

Superior Energy Management Gas Inc. 

Superior Energy Management Gas LP 

Superior Plus US Holdings Inc. 

Superior Plus US Financing Inc. 

ERCO Worldwide Inc. 

ERCO Worldwide (USA) Inc. 

Superior Plus Construction Products Corp. 

The Winroc Corporation (Midwest) 

Superior Plus US Energy Services Inc. 

Superior Plus US Capital Corp.  

Burnwell Gas of Canada 

Commercial E Industrial ERCO (Chile) Limitada 

Country of  
Incorporation 

Ownership 
Interest

Canada 

Canada 

Canada 

Canada 

Canada 

Canada 

Canada 

Canada 

Canada 

Canada 

Canada 

Canada 

Canada 

Canada 

United States 

United States 

United States 

United States 

United States 

United States 

United States 

United States 

Canada 

Chile 

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

32.  Reportable Segment Information

Superior  has  adopted  IFRS  8  –  Operating  Segments,  which  requires  operating  segments  to  be  identified 

on the basis of internal reports about components of the Company that are regularly reviewed by the chief 

operating decision-maker in order to allocate resources to the segments and to assess their performance.

Superior operates three distinct reportable operating segments: Energy Services, Specialty Chemicals and 

Construction  Products  Distribution.  Energy  Services  provides  distribution,  wholesale  procurement  and 

related services in relation to propane, heating oil and other refined fuels, plus fixed-price natural gas and 

electricity supply services. Specialty Chemicals is a leading supplier of sodium chlorate and technology to 

the  pulp  and  paper  industries  and  is  a  regional  supplier  of  potassium  and  chloralkali  products  in  the  U.S. 

Midwest. Construction Products Distribution is one of the largest distributors of commercial and industrial 

insulation in North America and the largest distributor of specialty construction products to the walls and 

ceilings industry in Canada. Superior’s corporate office arranges intersegment foreign exchange contracts 

from time to time. Realized gains and losses pertaining to intersegment foreign exchange gains and losses 

are eliminated under the corporate cost column. All of Superior’s operating segments conduct business with 

customers of various sizes and do not rely extensively on any single customer for their revenue stream. 

126

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.  
For the year ended December 2013 

Revenues 

Energy 
Services 

2,372.9 

Cost of sales (includes product & services) 

(1,907.7) 

Specialty 
Chemicals 

Construction
Products 
Distribution 

579.7 

(372.1) 

207.6 

800.2 

(604.2) 

196.0 

Corporate 

Total
Consolidated

– 

– 

– 

3,752.8

(2,884.0)

868.8

465.2 

Gross Profit 

Expenses 

  Selling, distribution and 
  administrative costs 

  Finance expense 

Impairment of property, plant, 
  and equipment, intangible assets 
  and goodwill 

  Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative 

  financial instruments 

Net earnings (loss) before income taxes 

Income tax expense 

Net Earnings (Loss) 

For the year ended December 2012 

Revenues 

Gross Profit 

Expenses 

  Selling, distribution and 
  administrative costs 

  Finance expense 

Impairment of property, plant, 
  and equipment, intangible assets 
  and goodwill 

  Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative 

  financial instruments 

Net earnings (loss) before income taxes 

Income tax expense  

Net Earnings (Loss) 

Cost of sales (includes product & services) 

(1,854.2) 

(387.9) 

(135.4) 

(175.1) 

(2.7) 

(0.4) 

(0.6) 

(19.6) 

 (68.1) 

(718.0)

 (71.8)

(15.5) 

35.4 

– 

0.3 

– 

– 

(370.7) 

(135.5) 

(175.7) 

72.1 

– 

72.1 

20.3 

– 

20.3 

– 

(15.5)

(40.8) 

(128.5) 

(128.5) 

(5.7) 

(134.2) 

(5.1)

(810.4)

58.4

 (5.7)

52.7

Specialty 
Chemicals 

Construction
Products 
Distribution 

543.8 

(328.8) 

215.0 

778.9 

(595.0) 

183.9 

Corporate 

Total
Consolidated

– 

– 

– 

   3,624.3

(2,778.0)

 846.3

94.5 

– 

94.5 

Energy 
Services 

2,301.6 

447.4 

(370.3) 

(4.5) 

(141.1) 

(0.3) 

(169.4) 

(0.7) 

(16.3) 

(72.1) 

  (697.1)

(77.6)

(4.7) 

43.8 

(335.7) 

111.7 

– 

111.7 

– 

1.6 

– 

– 

(139.8) 

(170.1) 

75.2 

– 

75.2 

13.8 

– 

13.8 

– 

(4.7)

(13.3) 

(101.7) 

(101.7) 

 (9.0) 

(110.7) 

32.1

(747.3)

99.0

(9.0)                 

90.0

127

 2013 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Working Capital, Total Assets, Total Liabilities, Acquisitions and Purchase of Property, 
Plant and Equipment

As at December 31, 2013
  Net working capital (1) 

  Total assets 

  Total liabilities 

As at December 31, 2012 
  Net working capital (1)(2) 

  Total assets 

  Total liabilities 

For the year ended December 31, 2013 

  Acquisitions 

  Purchase of property, plant and equipment 

For the year ended December 31, 2012 

  Acquisitions 

  Purchase of property, plant and equipment 

Energy 
Services 

Specialty 
Chemicals 

Construction
Products 
Distribution 

Corporate 

Total
Consolidated

178.7 

779.3 

317.9 

179.5 

725.4 

303.1 

7.6 

35.5 

5.5 

21.9 

28.5 

651.3 

178.0 

16.3 

585.6 

171.7 

4.3 

40.3 

– 

20.3 

103.1 

209.6 

96.4 

105.5 

199.6 

84.2 

– 

2.7 

– 

1.6 

(17.2) 

500.9 

1,008.6 

(22.1) 

521.5 

1,098.7 

– 

– 

– 

– 

293.1

2,141.1

1,600.9

279.2

2,032.1

1,657.7

11.9

78.5

5.5

43.8

(1)  Net working capital reflects amounts at year end and is comprised of trade and other receivables, prepaid expenses and inventories, less trade and 

other accounts payable, deferred revenue and dividends and interest payable.

(2)  December 31, 2012 has been restated for the impact of a prior-period adjustment. Refer to Note 15.

33.  Geographic Information

Canada 

United 
States 

Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 

1,413.6 

2,248.5 

Property, plant and equipment as at December 31, 2013 

458.9 

374.6 

Intangible assets as at December 31, 2013 

Goodwill as at December 31, 2013 

Total assets as at December 31, 2013 

Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 

Property, plant and equipment as at December 31, 2012 

Intangible assets as at December 31, 2012 

Goodwill as at December 31, 2012 

Total assets as at December 31, 2012 

15.2 

188.2 

1,388.1 

1,428.5 

460.6 

15.8 

188.3 

1,320.6 

3.8 

5.5 

691.4 

2,094.6 

324.4 

23.8 

0.8 

645.4 

Other 

90.7 

44.4 

– 

– 

61.6 

101.2 

44.9 

– 

– 

Total
Consolidated

3,752.8 

877.9 

19.0 

193.7 

2,141.1 

3,624.3 

829.9 

39.6 

189.1 

66.1 

2,032.1 

128

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SELECTED HISTORICAL INFORMATION(1)(2)

Energy Services

Years Ended December 31

(millions of dollars except where noted) 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

2009

Canadian Propane Distribution sales volumes 

(million of litres sold) 

U.S. Refined Fuels sales volumes  

(millions of litres sold) (3) 

Fixed-price natural gas volumes (millions of GJs sold) 

Total Canadian Propane Distribution sales margin 

(cents per litre) 

Total U.S. Refined Fuels sales margin (cents per litre) (3) 
Natural gas sales margin (cents per GJ) 

Gross profit 

EBITDA from operations 

Specialty Chemicals

1,331 

1,292 

1,305 

1,235 

1,277

1,633 

19 

18.8 

8.0 

59.0 

465.2 

137.5 

1,599 

19 

18.2 

7.7 

115.0 

447.4 

136.4 

1,741 

21 

17.1 

7.9 

146.9 

455.2 

133.6 

1,702 

27 

17.5 

7.6 

91.2 

434.9 

114.7 

153

33

18.5

10.0

90.2

340.2

97.6

Years Ended December 31

(millions of dollars except where noted) 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

2009

Total chemical sales volume (MT) 

Average chemical selling price (dollars per MT) 

Gross profit 

EBITDA from operations 

Construction Products Distribution

(millions of dollars except where noted) 

Gross profit (4) 
EBITDA from operations (4) 

Superior Plus Corp. Consolidated

826 

705 

251.8 

113.7 

2013 

196.0 

33.2 

771 

703 

258.3 

125.7 

772 

685 

238.7 

115.2 

735 

655 

220.2 

101.5 

634

720

210.0

93.0

Years Ended December 31

2012 

2011 

2010 

2009

183.9 

27.3 

174.7 

24.2 

172.3 

26.8 

122.3

22.8

Years Ended December 31

(millions of dollars except where noted) 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

2009

Revenues 

Gross profit 

EBITDA from operations 

Adjusted operating cash flow before restructuring 

Adjusted operating cash flow after restructuring 

Adjusted operating cash flow per share before restructuring 

Adjusted operating cash flow per share after restructuring 

Average number of shares outstanding (millions) 

Total assets 
Senior debt (5) 
Total debt (5) 

3,752.8 

3,624.3 

3,925.6 

3,537.4 

2,246.7

868.8 

284.4 

207.6 

192.3 

$  1.69 

$  1.56 

123.1 

2,141.1 

578.7 

1,073.2 

846.3 

289.4 

200.4 

190.4 

$  1.79 

$  1.70 

111.9 

2,032.1 

489.6 

1,181.1 

827.5 

273.0 

180.4 

180.4 

$  1.65 

$  1.65 

109.2 

2,193.4 

612.1 

1,353.5 

780.6 

243.0 

162.9 

162.9 

$  1.54 

$  1.54 

105.6 

2,696.9 

590.0 

1,381.4 

653.4

213.4

163.9

163.9

$  1.80

$  1.80

91.0

2,274.0

738.1

1,054.8

(1)   Certain 2012 financial results have been restated to conform to the current year’s presentation.

(2)  Certain 2010 amounts have been restated as a result of the adoption of IFRS.

(3)  U.S. Refined Fuels assets were purchased during 2009 and 2010.

(4)  Acquisition of Specialty Products and Insulation Inc. was completed during 2009.

(5)  Senior debt and total debt are stated before deferred issue costs.

129

2013 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction Products Distribution

Canadian Operations
4949 – 51 Street SE

Calgary, Alberta T2B 3S7

Toll-free: 1-800-668-1589 

Tel: 403-236-5383

Fax: 403-279-0372

U.S. Operations
1650 Manheim Pike, Suite 202

Lancaster, Pennsylvania 17601-3088

Tel: 717-569-3900

Fax: 717-519-4046

Specialty Chemicals

ERCO Worldwide
200, 302 The East Mall

Toronto, Ontario M9B 6C7

Tel: 416-239-7111

Fax: 416-239-0235

BUSINESSES

Energy Services

Canadian Propane Distribution
Superior Propane
1111 – 49 Avenue NE

Calgary, Alberta T2E 8V2

Toll-free: 1-877-873-7467

Tel: 403-730-7500

Fax: 403-730-7512

U.S. Refined Fuels
Superior Energy Services
1870 South Winton Road

Suite 200

Rochester, New York 14618

Toll-free: 1-877-927-6488

Fax: 585-328-7114

Supply Portfolio Management
Superior Gas Liquids
1400, 840 – 7 Avenue SW

Calgary, Alberta T2P 3G2

Toll-free: 1-888-849-3525

Fax: 403-283-6589

Fixed-Price Energy Services
Superior Energy Management
6750 Century Avenue

Suite 400

Mississauga, Ontario L5N 2V8

Toll-free: 1-877-784-4262

Fax: 1-905-542-5935

130

SUPERIOR PLUS CORP.CORPORATE INFORMATION

Board of Directors 

Grant D. Billing
Chairman 
Calgary, Alberta

Catherine (Kay) M. Best
Calgary, Alberta

Luc Desjardins
President and Chief Executive Officer
Calgary, Alberta

Robert J. Engbloom, Q.C.
Calgary, Alberta

Randall J. Findlay
Calgary, Alberta

Norman R. Gish
Calgary, Alberta

Peter A.W. Green
Lead Director
Campbellville, Ontario

James S.A. MacDonald
Toronto, Ontario

Walentin (Val) Mirosh
Calgary, Alberta

David P. Smith
Toronto, Ontario

Corporate Officers and  
Senior Management

Jay Bachman
Vice-President, Investor Relations and Treasurer

Nick Beuglet
Corporate Controller

Wayne M. Bingham
Executive Vice-President 
and Chief Financial Officer

Luc Desjardins
President and Chief Executive Officer

Greg L. McCamus
President, Energy Services and Superior Propane

Dave Tims
President, Energy Supply and Oilfield 

Paul S. Timmons
President, Specialty Chemicals

Paul J. Vanderberg
President, Construction Products Distribution

Ross Wonnick
Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel

Keith Wrisley
President, U.S. Refined Fuels

131

2013 Annual Report[THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

SHAREHoLdER INfoRMATIoN

Superior Plus Corp. 

Annual Meeting of Shareholders

Suite 1400, 840 – 7 Avenue SW
calgary, Alberta T2P 3G2
Telephone: 403-218-2970
facsimile: 403-218-2973
Toll free: 1-866-490-PLUS (7587)
E-mail: info@superiorplus.com
Website: www.superiorplus.com

Trustee and Transfer Agent

computershare Trust company of canada
Suite 600, 530 – 8 Avenue SW
calgary, Alberta T2P 3S8
or:
8th floor, 100 University Avenue
Toronto, ontario M5J 2Y1
Toll free: 1-800-564-6253
Website: www.computershare.com/ca

Auditors

deloitte LLP
chartered Accountants
700, 850 – 2nd Street SW
calgary, Alberta T2P 0R8

The corporation’s Annual Meeting of shareholders 
will be held in the Hôtel Le Germain, 899 centre 
Street SW, calgary, Alberta, canada on 
Wednesday, May 7, 2014 at 2:00 p.m. (MdT).

Toronto Stock Exchange  

(TSX) Listings

SPB:  

Superior Plus corp. shares

SPB.db.e: 

SPB.db.f: 

SPB.db.g: 

SPB.db.h: 

 5.75% convertible debentures,  
convertible at $19.00 per share 
Maturity date: June 30, 2017

 6.00% convertible debentures,  
convertible at $15.10 per share  
Maturity date: June 30, 2018

 7.50% convertible debentures,  
convertible at $11.35 per share  
Maturity date: october 31, 2016

 6.00% convertible debentures,  
convertible at $16.75 per share  
Maturity date: June 30, 2019

a
d
a
n
a
C
n

i

d
e
t
n
i
r
P

m
o
c
.
e
g
d
e
n

i
l
r
e
m
w
w
w

.

.
c
n

I

e
g
d
E
n

i
l
r
e
M
y
b
d
e
c
u
d
o
r
P

Superior Plus Share Price and Volumes – TSX

Quarterly high, low, close and volumes for 2013 and 2012. 
The table below sets forth the high and low prices, as well as the volumes, for the shares as traded on 
the TSX, on a quarterly basis. 

2013 

2012  

High  

Low  

Volume  

High  

Low  

Volume

First quarter  

$ 11.95 

$ 10.20  

 24,636,063 

$  7.98 

$  5.62  

 26,769,848

Second quarter  

$ 13.15  

$ 10.82  

 29,666,539 

$  7.74  

$  5.96  

 11,921,806

Third quarter  

$ 12.98  

$ 10.30 

 18,075,919 

$  9.67  

$  6.06 

 15,330,933

Fourth quarter  

$ 12.42 

$ 10.42  

 18,363,871 

$  10.50  

$  8.60  

 13,078,752

Year  

$ 13.15  

$ 10.20  

 90,742,392 

$  10.50  

$  5.62  

 67,101,339

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Superior Plus Corp.
Suite 1400, 840 – 7 Avenue SW

calgary, Alberta T2P 3G2

Tel:  

fax:  

403-218-2970 

403-218-2973  

Toll-free: 1.866.490-PLUS (7587)

www.superiorplus.com

for more information about Superior Plus corp.  

send your enquiries to info@superiorplus.com